Adjusted release date

CONTRIBUTORS

@@ -232,7 +232,6 @@ Stefan Huelswitt <s.huelswitt@gmx.de>
  featured DVB cards
  for pointing out a bug in handling lowercase polarization characters in channel
  definitions if no DiSEqC is used
- for fixing a bug in the Makefile when installing plugins with LCLBLD=1
 
 Ulrich Röder <roeder@efr-net.de>
  for pointing out that there are channels that have a symbol rate higher than 27500
@@ -275,7 +274,7 @@ Aaron Holtzman
 Wolfgang Henselmann-Weiss <Wolfgang_Henselmann@betaresearch.de>
  for fixing calculating the timeout value in cFile::FileReady()
 
-Uwe Scheffler <scheffler.u@web.de>
+Uwe Scheffler <linux_dvb@uni.de>
  for his help in keeping 'channels.conf.cable' and 'channels.conf.terr' up to date
  for helping to test new DVB-T handling
  for reporting a bug in switching the video format in the Setup/DVB menu
@@ -283,9 +282,6 @@ Uwe Scheffler <scheffler.u@web.de>
  for reporting a problem in handling the PrimaryLimit when requesting a device for
  live viewing
  for reporting a black screen while a "Recording started" message is displayed
- for reporting a problem with the lock on the Channels list in cDisplayChannel still
- being held when Flush() was called
- for reporting a problem with failed tuning in SCR systems
 
 Matjaz Thaler <matjaz.thaler@guest.arnes.si>
  for improving AC3 decoding when replaying DVDs
@@ -541,7 +537,7 @@ Andreas B
 Onno Kreuzinger <ok@solutas.net>
  for reporting leftover references to the file FORMATS in MANUAL and svdrp.c
 
-Rudi Hofer <Rudi.Hofer@gmx.de>
+Rudi Hofer (Rudi.Hofer@gmx.de)
  for his help in keeping 'channels.conf' up to date
  for reporting a problem with overlapping tab positions in skins when using wide fonts
 
@@ -624,10 +620,6 @@ Helmut Auer <vdr@helmutauer.de>
  command line option to be left empty to use the default values if only ENC shall be set
  for reporting an inconsistent behavior between opening the Recordings menu manually
  via the main menu and by pressing the Recordings key
- for helping to debug a problem with frame detection in MPEG-2 streams that have "bottom fields"
- or varying GOP structures
- for a patch that was used to implement the command line option --updindex
- for modifying the "binary skip" patch to move editing marks
 
 Jeremy Hall <jhall@UU.NET>
  for fixing an incomplete initialization of the filter parameters in eit.c
@@ -712,15 +704,6 @@ Oliver Endriss <o.endriss@gmx.de>
  for reporting a problem with resuming replay of PES recordings
  for suggesting to make all bonded devices (except for the master) turn off their LNB
  power completely to avoid problems when receiving vertically polarized transponders
- for suggesting to eliminate MAXDVBDEVICES
- for reporting that there are channels that need even more than 10 TS packets in order
- to detect the frame type
- for suggesting to ignore channels with an RID that is not 0 when checking for obsolete
- channels
- for fixing a possible stack overflow in cListBase::Sort()
- for reporting a crash when deleting a recording
- for reporting a problem with sluggish setting of editing marks and a jumping progress
- display with very short recordings
 
 Reinhard Walter Buchner <rw.buchner@freenet.de>
  for adding some satellites to 'sources.conf'
@@ -794,10 +777,9 @@ Peter Seyringer <e9425234@student.tuwien.ac.at>
 Stefan Schluenss <dxr3_osd@schluenss.de>
  for reporting a bug where PID handles were not closed correctly
 
-Régis Bossut <famille.bossut@wanadoo.fr>
+Régis Bossut <rbossut@auchan.com>
  for pointing out that with some providers the channels can only be distinguished
  through the RID
- for translating OSD texts to the French language
 
 Andreas Kool <akool@akool.de>
  for his help in keeping 'channels.conf.cable' up to date
@@ -1189,24 +1171,6 @@ Rolf Ahrenberg <Rolf.Ahrenberg@sci.fi>
  for fixing the call to ChannelString() in cSkinLCARSDisplayChannel::SetChannel()
  for a patch that was used to rename the "plp id" to a more general "stream id"
  and add support for DVB-S2 "Input Stream Identifier" (ISI)
- for helping to debug and understand subtitle page refreshes
- for a patch that was used to implement the SVDRP command RENR
- for fixing some compiler warnings with gcc-4.6.3
- for suggesting to prompt the user for confirmation before overwriting an already
- existing edited version of a recording
- for adding code for parsing LCN and AVC descriptors to libsi
- for fixing clearing non-editable members in the channel editor
- for reporting a problem with adding new source types in case they are already
- registered
- for adding support for "Pilot", "T2-System-Id" and "SISO/MISO" parameters
- for fixing a problem with subtitles not being displayed because the broadcaster
- doesn't set the data's version numbers as required by the DVB standard
- for the "binary skip" patch
- for adding support for LCN (Logical Channel Numbers)
- for suggesting to change the naming of "binary skip mode" to "adaptive skip mode"
- for adding a Status parameter to the interface of cDevice::SignalStats() and
- cDvbDevice::SignalStats()
- for reporting a possible crash when scaling bitmaps with very small factors
 
 Ralf Klueber <ralf.klueber@vodafone.com>
  for reporting a bug in cutting a recording if there is only a single editing mark
@@ -1226,9 +1190,6 @@ Peter Bieringer <pb@bieringer.de>
  for suggesting to ignore lines tagged with '#' in the 'info.vdr' file of a recording
  for reporting a problem with the backslash ('\') in parameters when executing
  external commands
- for making the functions cRecordingInfo::SetData() and cRecordingInfo::SetAux() public
- for adding some missing user command calls for copying, renaming and moving recordings
- for fixing scaling subtitles with anti-aliasing
 
 Alexander Damhuis <ad@phonedation.de>
  for reporting problems when deleting a timer that is currently recording
@@ -1532,8 +1493,6 @@ Thomas Bergwinkl <Thomas.Bergwinkl@vr-web.de>
  for fixing handling the '0' key for switching between the last two channels
  for making cPatFilter::Process() check whether the channel exists before setting
  the PMT filter
- for the Rotor plugin, from which code was used by a patch that was used as a base for
- implementing support for positioners
 
 Stéphane Esté-Gracias <sestegra@free.fr>
  for fixing a typo in libsi/si.h
@@ -1717,7 +1676,6 @@ Martin Dauskardt <md001@gmx.de>
  cDevice::TrickSpeed()
  for renaming 'runvdr' to 'runvdr.template' and no longer copying it to the BINDIR
  in 'make install'
- for suggesting to add "#REMOTE=LIRC" to Make.config.template
 
 Maynard Cedric <maynard.cedric@wanadoo.fr>
  for reporting a problem in handling the color button texts in cMenuEditStrItem
@@ -1743,9 +1701,6 @@ Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>
  for reporting references to old *.vdr file names in MANUAL
  for reporting that the video stream type was set to 2 even if the vpid was 0
  for updates to 'sources.conf'
- for reporting a wrong initialization of Setup.PositionerSwing
- for updating sources.conf to reflect the fact that Astra 4A and SES5 are actually in
- two separate positions
 
 Milos Kapoun <m.kapoun@cra.cz>
  for suggesting to skip code table info in SI data
@@ -1839,7 +1794,6 @@ Udo Richter <udo_richter@gmx.de>
  for requesting to keep using relative paths when building plugins locally
  for fixing a problem with detecting user inactivity in case the system time is
  changed after VDR has been started
- for a patch that was used to add definitions for older DVB API versions, back until 5.0
 
 Sven Kreiensen <svenk@kammer.uni-hannover.de>
  for his help in keeping 'channels.conf.terr' up to date
@@ -1856,7 +1810,6 @@ Lucian Muresan <lucianm@users.sourceforge.net>
  for exporting some libsi functions
  for suggesting to add functions to cDevice that allow derived output devices to
  implement scaling the video to a given size and location
- for sorting sources.conf by continuous azimuth
 
 Mattias Grönlund <Mattias@Gronlund.net>
  for pointing out a missing cleanup at program exit in case there is a problem
@@ -2070,13 +2023,6 @@ Ville Skytt
  for updating the help and man page entry about the location of the epg.data file
  for reporting a possible crash when shutting down VDR while subtitles are being
  displayed
- for fixing some spellings in positioner.h and Doxyfile
- for changing '%a' to the POSIX compliant '%m' in all scanf() calls
- for reporting a possible NULL pointer dereference in cCiSession::SendData()
- for reporting a superfluous assignment in cPipe::Open()
- for avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles
- for fixing building VDR with systemd >= 230
- for avoiding some duplicate code and unnecessary work in nit.c
 
 Steffen Beyer <cpunk@reactor.de>
  for fixing setting the colored button help after deleting a recording in case the next
@@ -2124,10 +2070,6 @@ Martin Wache <M.Wache@gmx.net>
  device, which avoids a busy loop on very fast machines
  for fixing a possible crash when loading an invalid XPM file
  for suggesting to speed up anti-aliased font rendering by caching the blend indexes
- for extending the option "Setup/Miscellaneous/Show channel names with source" to
- "type" or "full"
- for making the "Channels" menu indicate whether a channel is encrypted or a radio
- channel
 
 Matthias Lenk <matthias.lenk@amd.com>
  for reporting an out-of-bounds memory access with audio language ids
@@ -2167,7 +2109,6 @@ Thomas G
  which results in using tr(FileNameChars)
  for fixing handling "none" color entries in XPM files
  for fixing displaying the frame number when setting an editing mark
- for the "jumpplay" patch
 
 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
  for his help in replacing the get/put_unaligned() macros from asm/unaligned.h with
@@ -2187,9 +2128,8 @@ Hardy Flor <HFlor@web.de>
 
 Harald Milz <hm@seneca.muc.de>
  for his CUTR patch, which was used as a base to implement the SVDRP command EDIT
- for reporting a bug in parsing the '-l' command line option
 
-Marko Mäkelä <marko.makela@iki.fi>
+Marko Mäkelä <marko.makela@hut.fi>
  for making repeat keys be ignored when waiting for a keypress to cancel an operation
  for reporting that a menu was automatically closed when a replay ends
  for suggesting to ignore k_Repeat when deciding whether the same key has been
@@ -2197,21 +2137,8 @@ Marko M
  for fixing missing ',' in the Italian and Polish OSD texts
  for pointing out that "Menu button closes" should actually be "Menu key closes"
  for fixing a missing initialization in the c'tor of cSkinLCARSDisplayChannel
- for suggesting to simplify some conditional expressions in skinlcars.c and skinsttng.c
  for reporting some uninitialized item area coordinates in cSkinLCARSDisplayMenu
  for reporting a problem with the video directory not being set correctly with --edit
- for reporting a compiler warning about the use of strncpy() in strreplace()
- for adding support for kernel based LIRC driver
- for reporting a possible heap-use-after-free in cDvbTuner::Action()
- for reporting a flaw in initializing cDvbPlayerControl and cTransferControl
- for reporting a possible call to poll() in cSectionHandler::Action() without any
- filters
- for avoiding the memcpy() call in cGlyph::cGlyph() if the bitmap is empty
- for avoiding unnecessary processing in cDvbSubtitleConverter::FinishPage() if there
- are no areas
- for avoiding a zero sized array in cDevice::GetDevice()
- for reporting a crash when deleting a recording that is currently being edited, and
- then immediately deleting the edited version, too
 
 Patrick Rother <krd-vdr@gulu.net>
  for reporting a bug in defining timers that only differ in the day of week
@@ -2355,7 +2282,6 @@ Andr
  for reporting a bug in selecting the last replayed recording in the Recordings menu
  in case there are folders and plain recordings with names that differ only in
  non-alphanumeric characters
- for reporting a problem with permanently looping through PMT PIDs on a SatIP receiver
 
 Jürgen Schilling <juergen_schilling@web.de>
  for reporting that color buttons were displayed in the recording info menu if it
@@ -2446,34 +2372,6 @@ Christoph Haubrich <christoph1.haubrich@arcor.de>
  display gets hidden
  for reporting a wrong type ('int' vs. 'eTimerEvent') in the declaration of
  cSkinDisplayMenu::SetItemEvent()
- for reporting that the source recording was not deleted after moving it to a different
- volume
- for suggesting to replace "Schnitt" with "Bearbeitung" in the German OSD texts
- for reporting a superfluous call to the skin's SetRecording() function after renaming
- a recording
- for suggesting to add a function to remove the name of a recording and replace it
- with the last element of the recording's folder path name
- for reporting a bug in setting an empty recording name or folder to a blank in the
- "Edit recording" menu
- for suggesting to add a confirmation before renaming a recording to its folder name
- for reporting a problem with data loss in case renaming a recording fails
- for adding support for HEVC-video and AC-4-audio
- for implementing anti-aliasing for cPixmap::DrawSlope() and cPixmap::DrawEllipse()
- for reporting an unnecessary double call to Display() in cMenuRecording::RefreshRecording()
- for reporting too much memory being allocated in the cImage constructors
- for making the 'Edit path' dialog also show the total size of all recordings in that path
- for suggesting to make cRecordingInfo::Errors() return -1 for old recordings, and
- reporting a missing 'const'
- for reporting that the edited recording is not deleted in case of an error
- for reporting missing '0x09=H.265 video, 0x19 = AC4 audio' in vdr.5
- for reporting a problem with the call to EpgHandlers.EndSegmentTransfer()
- for fixing handling zero bytes in cH264Parser
- for implementing parsing frame rate and image size for MPEG2, H.264 and H.265
- for reporting a bug in generating the index file in the cutter
- for adding the frame width, height, scan type and aspect ratio of a recording to the 'F'
- tag of the 'info' file
- for adding a workaround in detecting frame height for channels with wrong crop parameters
- for reporting duplicate component entries in the info of an ongoing recording
 
 Pekka Mauno <pekka.mauno@iki.fi>
  for fixing cSchedule::GetFollowingEvent() in case there is currently no present
@@ -2524,13 +2422,6 @@ Tobias Grimm <tobias.grimm@e-tobi.net>
  numbers use a decimal point
  for adding dependency on 'i18n' to 'install-i18n' in the VDR Makefile
  for adding a manual page for 'svdrpsend'
- for adding a missing dependency to the Makefile to avoid error messages in the
- clean-plugins target
- for adding optional verbose output to the libsi Makefile
- for making the call to pkg_config configurable via the PKG_CONFIG macro
- for fixing a typo in svdrp.c
- for suggesting to add CPPFLAGS to CXXFLAGS to allow extra preprocessor flags to be
- given when doing make
 
 Helge Lenz <h.lenz@gmx.de>
  for reporting a bug in setting the 'Delta' parameter when calling the shutdown
@@ -2552,50 +2443,6 @@ Nino Gerbino <ngerb@interfree.it>
 Markus Ehrnsperger <markus.ehrnsperger@googlemail.com>
  for reporting a problem with missing 'INCLUDES += -I$(DVBDIR)/include' in an existing
  Make.config
- for reporting a bug in error handling when loading a plugin
- for reporting a possible crash in cIndexFile::GetClosestIFrame()
- for reporting a missing 'const' in cTimers::GetTimerForEvent()
- for suggesting to add a chapter about locking to PLUGINS.html
- for fixing unnecessary interruption of ongoing recordings if timers avoided the
- transfer mode receiver device
- for reporting broken video data streams on systems without output device when switching
- live channel to a different transponder while recording
- for fixing a possible crash in cDevice::StopSectionHandler()
- for making using a dummy OSD if no OSD provider is available not be considered an error
- any more
- for removing syslog calls in child process after fork()
- for adding the move constructor to cString for better performance
- for fixing handling primary device on headless systems
- for adding a 15 second grace period before actually stopping a VPS timer
- for making the primary device no longer start unnecessary threads if it doesn't have
- a decoder
- for improving handling present/following data for VPS timers
- for making logging event status changes also show the previous status
- for making a device always being kept occupied if a timer is in VPS margin or needs the
- transponder
- for suggesting to enable unused devices to be put into a power save mode
- for a patch that was used to implement power save mode for cDvbDevice
- for suggesting to add 'lnbPowerTurnedOn = false' to cDvbTuner::ProvidesFrontend()
- for reporting a crash in strreplace() for multiple replacements with strings of
- different lengths
- for suggesting to add the lines from 'Fixed a timeout in cDvbDevice while tuning after
- the frontend has been reopened' to cDvbTuner::ProvidesFrontend()
- for improving the error message when closing a frontend
- for reporting a problem in cSchedule::Sort(), in case hasRunning was true, but there
- was no event with RunningStatus() >= SI::RunningStatusPausing
- for reporting problem with duplicate events if they are moved to a lower table ID and
- at the same time get a new event ID
- for reporting a bug in handling negative values in cSource::Position() on
- systems where 'int' is 64 bit
- for suggesting a fix for expiring of one-time VPS timers in case there is more than
- one event with the same VPS time
- for fixing handling margins for timers that are not VPS controlled and not spawned
- for implementing cStatus::OsdItem2() with the information whether the item is selectable
- for reporting an improper call of cStatus::OsdCurrentItem() before cStatus::OsdItem2()
- for fixing unnecessary calls to DisplayCurrent() for editable menu items
- for implementing cStatus::OsdCurrentItem2() with the index of the current item
- for adding missing calls to cStatus::MsgOsdStatusMessage() and implementing
- cStatus::OsdStatusMessage2() with the type of the message
 
 Werner Färber <w.faerber@gmx.de>
  for reporting a bug in handling the cPluginManager::Active() result when pressing
@@ -2640,8 +2487,6 @@ Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@gmail.com>
 Antti Hartikainen <ami+vdr@ah.fi>
  for updating 'S13E' in 'sources.conf'
  for adding maximum SNR value for PCTV Systems nanoStick T2 290e
- for updating 'sources.conf'
- for translating OSD texts to the Finnish language
 
 Bernd Melcher <bernd@bernd-melcher.de>
  for reporting a problem with the 'servicedemo' plugin having no PLUGIN macro
@@ -2667,7 +2512,6 @@ Frank Schmirler <vdr@schmirler.de>
  for suggestions used in revising priority handling to allow receivers with a priority
  that is lower than that of live viewing
  for fixing handling IDLEPRIORITY in cDvbDevice::ProvidesChannel()
- for suggesting to add functions to set and retrieve the priority of a cReceiver
 
 Jörn Reder <joern@zyn.de>
  for reporting that a recording may unnecessarily block a device with a CAM, while
@@ -2712,16 +2556,6 @@ J
  for reporting that cPlugin::Active() was called too often
  for adding HandledExternally() to the EPG handler interface
  for adding IsUpdate() to the EPG handler interface
- for adding Begin/EndSegmentTransfer() to the EPG handler interface
- for making cEpgHandlers::BeginSegmentTransfer() boolean
- for suggesting to change tEventID back to u_int32_t
- for adding the 'aux' member to cEvent
- for reporting a possible deadlock when quickly zapping through encrypted channels
- for a patch that was used to implement cStatus::MarksModified()
- for suggesting to no longer log unaligned marks in cMarks::Align()
- for reporting some warnings from g++ 7.2.0 regarding fixed buffer sizes in
- cMenuEditTimeItem::Set() and cCountdown::Update()
- for fixing symmetry of Begin/EndSegmentTransfer() calls in cEIT::cEIT()
 
 Peter Pinnau <vdr@unterbrecher.de>
  for reporting that 'uint32_t' requires including stdint.h in font.h on some systems
@@ -2746,7 +2580,6 @@ Jose Alberto Reguero <jareguero@telefonica.net>
  for a patch that fixed part of a crash in i18n character set conversion
  for fixing cDvbPlayer::NextFile() to handle files larger than 2GB
  for implementing full handling of the stream types of Dolby Digital pids
- for adding subsystem id support for DVB devices connected via USB
 
 Patrice Staudt <staudt@engsystem.net>
  for adding full weekday names to i18n.c for plugins to use
@@ -2803,7 +2636,6 @@ Torsten Kunkel <vdrml@tkunkel.de>
  for pointing out that it was not obvious how to initiate internationalization
  support for a plugin
  for suggesting to add a section about "Logging" to PLUGINS.html
- for the "jumpplay" patch
 
 Michael Nival <mnival@club-internet.fr>
  for translating OSD texts to the French language
@@ -2828,38 +2660,10 @@ Benjamin Hess <benjamin.h@gmx.ch>
  for enhancing the SVDRP command CLRE to allow clearing the EPG data of a particular
  channel
 
-Winfried Köhler <nvdec@quantentunnel.de>
+Winfried Koehler <w_koehl@gmx.de>
  for fixing finding new transponders
- for fixing wrong value for TableIdBAT in libsi/si.h
  for reporting a compiler warning in calculations involving FramesPerSecond()
- for making several code modifications to avoid compiler warnings
- for improving the description of the transponder parameters in vdr.5
- for reporting a necessary fix in the description of cReceiver in PLUGINS.html,
- regarding detaching a receiver from its device before deleting it
  for fixing some copy&paste errors in PLUGINS.html
- for fixing the size of cChannel::dtypes[]
- for adding a device hook for detecting whether a device provides EIT data
- for improving deleting plugins in case the plugin uses its own memory management
- for reporting a bug in handling newline characters in ci.c's CopyString()
- for reporting a bug in checking the return value of the Open() call in
- cFileName::SetOffset()
- for adding initialization of cDvbFrontend::frontendInfo
- for improving handling missing VDRPluginDestroyer()
- for fixing a compiler warning
- for fixing handling $(PKG_CONFIG) in newplugin
- for using __cplusplus instead of DISABLE_TEMPLATES_COLLIDING_WITH_STL, and using
- std::min(), std::max() and std::swap() is available
- for adding some missing "AUTO" values to vdr.5
- for fixing default values for DVB-T
- for adding missing rounding when dividing frequencies in processing the NIT
- for suggesting to add note about not messing with event ids in EPG handlers
- for adding a missing initialization of cChannel::nameSourceMode
- for suggesting to make APIVERSION a simple number, independent from VDRVERSION
- for reporting a compiler warning with gcc 14.1.0
- for suggesting to remove defining DEPRECATED_* macros with value 0, because this
- is the preprocessor's default
- for suggesting a fix for handling negative values in cSource::Position() on
- systems where 'int' is 64 bit
 
 Hans-Werner Hilse <hilse@web.de>
  for adding the command line option --userdump to enable core dumps in case VDR
@@ -2902,7 +2706,6 @@ Ales Jurik <ajurik@quick.cz>
  for reporting broken SI data on Czech/Slovak channels after changing the default
  character set to ISO-8859-9
  for adding MPEG 1 handling to remux.c
- for a patch that was used as a base for implementing support for positioners
 
 Magnus Andersson <svankan@bahnhof.se>
  for translating OSD texts to the Swedish language
@@ -2926,6 +2729,13 @@ Michael Nork <mnork0@gmx.net>
  binary distributions to have full control over whether or not to use the --vfat
  option at runtime
 
+Winfried Köhler <w_koehl@gmx.de>
+ for fixing wrong value for TableIdBAT in libsi/si.h
+ for making several code modifications to avoid compiler warnings
+ for improving the description of the transponder parameters in vdr.5
+ for reporting a necessary fix in the description of cReceiver in PLUGINS.html,
+ regarding detaching a receiver from its device before deleting it
+
 Igor M. Liplianin <liplianin@tut.by>
  for a patch that was used to convert VDR to the S2API driver API
 
@@ -2949,25 +2759,11 @@ Johann Friedrichs <johann.friedrichs@web.de>
  for fixing loading the setup.conf file in case a parameter contains the '#' character
  for reporting that the "Resume" button in the main menu was active even if the
  respective recording did not exist
- for fixing a double deletion of a cTimer in case HandleRemoteModifications() returned
- false
- for reporting an invalid lock sequence in the epgsearch plugin, which turned out to
- be an abandoned member of class cSchedulesLock
- for fixing handling VPS events outside the LingerLimit, which could cause recordings to
- stop prematurely
- for fixing handling timers during the change from DST to winter time
- for fixing a possible crash with plugins that retrieve player information after a
- replay has been stopped, but before the replay control has been destroyed
- for reporting a problem in processing SVDRP client responses in case the caller doesn't
- want the actual response strings
- for reporting a bug in handling the tfRecording flag in the SVDRP commands MODT and UPDT
- for adding a missing '-D' to the 'plugins' target of the Makefile
- for adding code for the 'qks' audio track
 
 Timo Helkio <timolavi@mbnet.fi>
  for reporting a hangup when replaying a TS recording with subtitles activated
 
-Derek Kelly <user.vdr@gmail.com>
+Derek Kelly (user.vdr@gmail.com)
  for fixing handling the 'new' indicator in the recordings menu for TS recordings
  for reporting a problem with HD NTSC broadcasts that split frames over several payload
  units
@@ -2986,12 +2782,6 @@ Derek Kelly <user.vdr@gmail.com>
  are no short names at all
  for reporting an incompatible change from DTV_DVBT2_PLP_ID to DTV_STREAM_ID in DVB API 5.8
  for reporting a missing template for DVBDIR in Make.config.template
- for suggesting to add ARGSDIR to the ONEDIR section of Make.config.template
- for suggesting to change the naming of "binary skip mode" to "adaptive skip mode"
- for suggesting to make the -u option also accept a numerical user id
- for reporting a problem with abs() in gcc6+ when called with an unsigned variable
- for reporting a deadlock after the fix for a race between SVDRP CHAN and
- cDevice::HasProgramme()
 
 Marcel Unbehaun <frostworks@gmx.de>
  for adding cRecordingInfo::GetEvent()
@@ -3023,14 +2813,6 @@ Manuel Reimer <Manuel.Reimer@gmx.de>
  order to avoid discontinuities
  for setting the environment variables HOME, USER, LOGNAME and SHELL accordingly
  when switching to a less privileged user id
- for reporting a bug in moving channels between number groups in SVDRP's MOVC command
- for fixing compatibility with current versions of glibc
- for suggesting to make the SVDRP command DELC accept a channel id
- for reporting a crash in the SVDRP command CLRE in case a non-existing channel
- number is given
- for reporting that LSTE doesn't work after PUTE in case a channel didn't already
- have EPG data
- for suggesting to make APIVERSION a simple number, independent from VDRVERSION
 
 Rene van den Braken <rene@vandenbraken.name>
  for reporting a bug in writing the PCR pid into the PMT in
@@ -3073,18 +2855,6 @@ Lars Hanisch <dvb@flensrocker.de>
  for reporting a possible crash if the recordings list is updated externally while the
  Recordings menu is open
  for reporting a missing closing ')' in the help entry of the --vfat option
- for making the Recordings menu able to be called with a cRecordingFilter, which allows
- the caller to have it display only a certain subset of the recordings
- for adding handling UTF-8 'umlaut' characters to cKbdRemote
- for fixing learning keyboard remote control codes
- for making VDR read command line options from *.conf files in /etc/vdr/conf.d
- for adding a missing backslash to the help text of the SVDRP command MOVR
- for fixing a memory leak in case of broken Extended Event Descriptors
- for adding a 'const' version of cTimers::GetTimer()
- for fixing a typo in the description of cTimers::GetTimersRead()
- for suggesting to use dynamic buffering in handling CA descriptors to avoid a
- possible buffer overflow
- for suggesting to make APIVERSION a simple number, independent from VDRVERSION
 
 Alex Lasnier <alex@fepg.org>
  for adding tuning support for ATSC devices
@@ -3104,7 +2874,6 @@ Paul Menzel <paulepanter@users.sourceforge.net>
  for reporting a possible memory leak in the "pictures" plugin
  for removing an obsolete local variable in dvbsdffosd.c
  for reporting a possible NULL pointer dereference in osddemo.c
- for reporting some compiler warnings with Clang 3.4.1
 
 Radek Stastny <dedkus@gmail.com>
  for translating OSD texts to the Czech language
@@ -3113,7 +2882,7 @@ Luis Fernandes <telping@gmail.com>
  for suggesting to add handling MPEG audio type "ISO/IEC 14496-3 Audio with LATM
  transport syntax"
 
-Christopher Reimer <vdr@creimer.net>
+Christopher Reimer <reimer.christopher@freenet.de>
  for reporting a problem with external Dolby Digital processing via the '-a' option
  in live mode and with TS recordings
  for contributing to a patch that implements FHS support
@@ -3123,11 +2892,6 @@ Christopher Reimer <vdr@creimer.net>
  for making plugin Makefiles use DESTDIR and the 'install' program
  for suggesting to make sure that plugins include the VDR header files from the actual
  VDR source directory when doing "make plugins"
- for reverting the change from version 1.5.7 that made all logging go to LOG_ERR
- for reporting a possible crash in the OSD demo
- for adding support for systemd
- for suggesting to replace VDR_CHARSET_OVERRIDE with a command line option
- for making the recorder skip empty adaptation field TS packets
 
 Stefan Huskamp <coca_cola1@gmx.de>
  for suggesting to make entering characters via the number keys
@@ -3148,12 +2912,10 @@ Henning Heinold <heinold@inf.fu-berlin.de>
 
 Dominik Strasser <dominik@die-strassers.de>
  for making a cRemote be removed from the Remotes list in case its initialization failed
- for reporting a possible access to uninitialized data in cEIT::cEIT()
 
 Joerg Bornkessel <hd_brummy@gentoo.org>
  for adding LDFLAGS to the linker calls in the Makefiles
  for fixing font handling with fontconfig 2.9.0 or newer
- for fixing "warning: invalid suffix on literal" with GCC 4.8 and C++11
 
 Andreas Oberritter <obi@opendreambox.org>
  for suggesting to retrieve the include path to the freetype2 header files
@@ -3166,14 +2928,6 @@ Frank Neumann <fnu@yavdr.org>
  for suggesting to reduce the thread and I/O priority cCuttingThread::Action()
  for reporting a problem with tuning timeouts when using SCR with multiple tuners
  for fixing the German translation of "VDR will shut down in %s minutes"
- for adding support for "Satellite Channel Routing" (SCR) according to EN50607 ("JESS")
- for suggesting to make the Setup/CAM menu display which device an individual CAM
- is currently assigned to
- for reporting a problem with the default return value of cEpgHandler::BeginSegmentTransfer()
- in derived classes that don't implement this function
- for reporting uninitialized variable SdWatchdog in vdr.c
- for suggesting to use readdir() instead of readdir_r(), if GLIBC version 2.24 or
- newer is used
 
 Gerald Dachs <vdr@dachsweb.de>
  for reporting a problem with checking for minimum line length of 21 characters in
@@ -3238,11 +2992,6 @@ Frank Niederwipper <f.niederwipper@gmail.com>
 
 Chris Mayo <aklhfex@gmail.com>
  for reporting a problem with detecting frames on radio channels
- for fixing the link to "svdrpsend (1)" in the vdr.1 man page
- for updating links in the INSTALL file
- for reporting double slashes in file names processed with AddDirectory()
- for using the 'example' macro in vdr.5
- for fixing the install target in case of multiple jobs
 
 Dominic Evans <oldmanuk@gmail.com>
  for making the SVDRP command LSTC accepts channel IDs
@@ -3307,12 +3056,9 @@ Marco Skambraks <marco@ammec.de>
 Christian Richter <cr@crichter.net>
  for extending the interface to the script that gets called for recordings, so that in
  the "edited" case it also provides the name of the original recording
- for suggesting to add SDNOTIFY to Make.config.template
 
-Christian Kaiser <chr-kaiser@arcor.de>
+Christian Kaiser <christian.kaiser@teleservice.com>
  for adding DeleteEvent() to the EPG handler interface
- for making the script given to VDR with the '-r' option also be called after the
- recording process has actually started
 
 Dirk Heiser <dirk-vdr@gmx.de>
  for adding SetComponents() to the EPG handler interface
@@ -3332,7 +3078,6 @@ Oliver Schinagl <oliver@schinagl.nl>
 Andrey Pridvorov <ua0lnj@bk.ru>
  for reporting a problem with detecting frames in H.264 video, and pointing towards
  a better way of doing it
- for updating the Russian OSD texts
 
 Jens Vogel <jens.vogel@akjv.de>
  for suggesting to make cPatPmtParser::ParsePmt() also recognize stream type 0x81
@@ -3356,12 +3101,6 @@ S
  for pointing out that FindHeader() can also be used in cMpeg2Fixer::AdjTref()
  for reporting a problem with detecting user inactivity in case the system time is
  changed after VDR has been started
- for reporting that the change "Fixed some compiler warnings with Clang 3.4.1" caused
- ci.c to no longer compile with older versions of gcc
- for suggesting to make the "Select folder" menu add the folder names of all existing
- recordings to any names that have been predefined in "folders.conf"
- for adding an empty target to the Makefile to make sure the sub-make for libsi is
- always called
 
 Peter Münster <pmlists@free.fr>
  for fixing 'make install' to not overwrite existing configuration files
@@ -3374,23 +3113,12 @@ Mike Hay <mike.hay@linenshorts.com>
 Stefan Hofmann <stefan.hofmann@t-online.de>
  for suggesting to implement support for remote controls that only have a combined
  "Play/Pause" key instead of separate keys for "Play" and "Pause"
- for a fix for compilers that don't like non-constant format strings
- for suggesting to implement jumping between errors while replaying a recording
- for adding vdrrootdir and incdir to vdr.pc
- for fixing some typos in the translation files
- for adding 1 to Utf8BufSize() for worst case
- for adding a header to the backtrace
- for adding parameter checks to strn0cpy()
- for making the info files of recordings only be re-read if they have been modified
- for reporting missing setting the file name of the info file after renaming a recording
- for adding '~' to the list of delimiters in cTextWrapper
 
 Stefan Blochberger <Stefan.Blochberger@gmx.de>
  for suggesting to automatically display the progress display whenever replay of a
  recording is started
  for suggesting that floating point numbers presented to the user shall be displayed
  in the way defined by the current locale
- for changing the German weekday names from "MonDieMitDonFreSamSon" to "Mo.Di.Mi.Do.Fr.Sa.So."
 
 Cedric Dewijs <cedric.dewijs@telfort.nl>
  for adding maximum SNR value for PCTV Systems PCTV 73ESE
@@ -3406,7 +3134,6 @@ Malte Forkel <malte.forkel@berlin.de>
 
 Marc Perrudin <vdr@ekass.net>
  for translating OSD texts to the French language
- for adding support for the systemd watchdog
 
 Bernard Jaulin <bernard.jaulin@gmail.com>
  for translating OSD texts to the French language
@@ -3419,41 +3146,6 @@ Matthias Senzel <matthias.senzel@t-online.de>
  for reporting a problem with switching back to live viewing after replay in a setup
  with device bonding
  for reporting a problem with handling overlapping pending timers
- for fixing the German translation of "Binary skip timeout (s)"
- for reporting a bug in switching channels in the Schedule menu after going through
- various Now and Schedule menus for different channels
- for the "jumpingseconds" patch
- for reporting a bug in drawing very long menu titles in the LCARS skin
- for reporting and helping to debug a crash when stopping VDR
- for reporting a crash when moving a recording between different volumes
- for reporting a deadlock when moving a folder containing several recordings between
- different volumes
- for fixing a lengthy write lock on the Recordings list in case of moving a folder with
- more than one recording
- for implementing the parameter "OSD/Sorting direction for recordings"
- for suggesting to stay in the original folder when moving a recording to a different
- folder
- for reporting problem with locking the Recordings list in the cutting process
- for suggesting to change the log message ""ERROR: copying directory '%s' to '%s' ended
- prematurely" from "error" to "info"
- for suggesting to allow opening a folder when selecting a folder for a recording or
- timer, even if it doesn't contain any subfolders
- for reporting a possible locking problem in cMenuPathEdit::ApplyChanges() when the
- lock is held while the error message is displayed
- for reporting that the info of a newly edited recording was not available immediately
- after starting the editing process
- for reporting a problem with setting the initial offset of the cursor in a list menu
- for reporting a high CPU load during replay with active progress display
- for reporting that the lock on the Channels list in cDisplayChannel was still held
- when Flush() was called
- for reporting that if an error occurs while recording, the respective entry in the list
- of recordings was not updated immediately
- for fixing restoring the volume at program start
- for fixing height calculation in progress display
- for fixing an unnecessary double display of the current menu item in page up/down
- for fixing an unnecessary double display of menu items in the Recordings menu
- for reporting a bug in handling cSkinDisplayMenu::GetTextAreaFont()
- for reporting characters being cut off while editing in the LCARS skin
 
 Marek Nazarko <mnazarko@gmail.com>
  for translating OSD texts to the Polish language
@@ -3477,10 +3169,6 @@ Stefan Braun <louis.braun@gmx.de>
  for reporting an endless loop in cTextWrapper::Set() in case the given Width is smaller
  than one character
  for reporting an endless loop in the DrawEllipse() functions for very small ellipses
- for suggesting to add the menu category mcRecordingEdit for marking menus that edit
- recording properties
- for suggesting to make cRecording::GetResume() public
- for implementing the possibility for skins to display horizontal menus
 
 Jochen Dolze <vdr@dolze.de>
  for changing cThread::SetIOPriority() from "best effort class" to "idle class" in order
@@ -3489,332 +3177,13 @@ Jochen Dolze <vdr@dolze.de>
 Dominique Dumont <domi.dumont@free.fr>
  for reporting a crash in the LCARS skin's main menu in case there is no current channel
 
-Seppo Ingalsuo <seppo.ingalsuo@iki.fi>
- for a patch that was used as a base for implementing support for positioners
-
 Manfred Völkel <mvoelkel@digitaldevices.de>
  for suggesting to make all bonded devices (except for the master) turn off their LNB
  power completely to avoid problems when receiving vertically polarized transponders
- for adding support for "Satellite Channel Routing" (SCR) according to EN50607 ("JESS")
 
 Thomas Maass <mase@setho.org>
  for reporting a difference in the internal sequence of actions when pressing the Blue
  and the Back key, respectively, during replay
 
-Martin Prochnow <nordlicht@martins-kabuff.de>
- for writing the "extrecmenu" plugin, which inspired the implementation of editing
- recording properties
-
 Eike Edener <eike@edener.de>
  for reporting a bug in writing group separators to channels.conf that contain a comma
-
-Harald Koenig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>
- for making the function cRecordings::MBperMinute() only take into account recordings
- with less than 5 seconds per megabyte, to filter out radio recordings
-
-Guido Cordaro <guido.cordaro@tiscali.it>
- for adding maximum signal strength value for TechniSat SkyStar 2 DVB-S rev 2.3P
-
-Thomas Reufer <thomas@reufer.ch>
- for making it clear that the Data parameter in cDevice::StillPicture() may point to a
- series of packets, not just a single one
- for suggesting to add an additional parameter named Forward to cDevice::TrickSpeed()
- for suggesting to add a note to ePlayMode in device.h that VDR itself always uses
- pmAudioVideo when replaying a recording
- for fixing a possible crash in the LCARS skin
- for implementing cOsd::DrawScaledBitmap()
- for adding handling for DTS audio tracks to cPatPmtParser::ParsePmt()
- for adding support for PGS subtitles
- for adding cOsdProvider::OsdSizeChanged()
- for suggesting to change the German translations if the texts related to "binary
- skipping"
- for suggesting to change the return value of cOsd::RenderPixmaps() from cPixmapMemory
- to cPixmap
- for adding detection of 24fps
- for suggesting to add some comment to cPixmap about the relation between OSD,
- ViewPort and DrawPort
- for suggesting to reduce the priority of the "video directory scanner" thread
- for making the 'newplugin' script create the 'po' subdirectory for translations
- for suggesting to add a note to the description of cFont::Size(), regarding possible
- differences between it and cFont::Height()
- for making the cPlayer member functions FramesPerSecond, GetIndex and GetReplayMode
- 'const'
- for fixing resuming replay at a given position, which was off by one frame
- for improving handling frame numbers to have a smoother progress display during
- replay of recordings with B-frames
- for fixing replaying recordings to their very end, if they don't end with an I-frame
- for implementing a frame parser for H.265 (HEVC) recordings
- for adding cFont::Width(void) to get the default character width and allow stretched
- font drawing in high level OSDs
- for fixing regenerating the index of audio recordings
- for implementing the SVDRP commands 'LSTD' and 'PRIM'
- for adding some comments regarding font height
- for reporting a possible problem with plugins calling IsOpen() in ~cDisplayChannel()
-
-Eike Sauer <EikeSauer@t-online.de>
- for reporting a problem with channels that need more than 5 TS packets for detecting
- frame borders
- for reporting a problem in handling the frame detection buffer length
- for suggesting to add a comment to cRecorder::Activate() about the need to call
- Detach() in the destructor
-
-Christian Paulick <cpaulick@xeatre.tv>
- for reporting a problem with frame detection in MPEG-2 streams that have "bottom fields"
- or varying GOP structures
-
-Mariusz Bialonczyk <manio@skyboo.net>
- for reporting a problem with live streaming of encrypted channels, when there are no
- CA descriptors, yet, on initial tuning
- for reporting that acquiring the CA descriptors takes way too long on transponders
- with many PAT entries, and his help in debugging this
-
-Tony Houghton <h@realh.co.uk>
- for suggesting to add LinkageTypePremiere to libsi/si.h and eit.c to avoid a compiler
- warning with Clang 3.4.1
- for suggesting to replace the NULL pointer assignment in ~cReceiver() to force a
- segfault with a call to abort()
-
-Christian Winkler <winkler_chr@yahoo.de>
- for reporting a problem with transfer mode on full featured DVB cards for encrypted
- channels that have no audio pid
- for reporting a problem when selecting a device/CAM combination for live viewing, if
- the CAM that is known to decrypt the requested channel can not be assigned to the
- primary device
-
-Dietmar Spingler <d_spingler@gmx.de>
- for reporting a problem that led to a fix in detaching receivers from devices in case
- a CAM needs to receive the TS
- for reporting a problem that led to a fix with EMM pids not being properly reset for
- CAMs that need to receive the TS
- for suggesting to add the channel name to log messages that reference a channel
- for suggesting to provide a way of using no DVB devices at all
- for suggesting that the -V and -h options should list the plugins in alphabetical order
- for suggesting to implement the setup option "Recording/Record key handling"
- for suggesting to cache the channel/CAM relations in the file 'cam.data'
- for suggesting to optionally list the channels with channel ids in the SVDRP command LSTC
- for suggesting to include the channel ID in log messages about switching channels
- for reporting a problem with the SVDRP command CHAN while the channel display is open
- for suggesting to automatically close the CAM menu when the current channel is switched
-
-Stefan Schallenberg <infos@nafets.de>
- for adding the functions IndexOf(), InsertUnique(), AppendUnique() and RemoveElement()
- to the cVector class
-
-Claus Muus <email@clausmuus.de>
- for adding the new parameters "Setup/Miscellaneous/Volume steps" and
- ".../Volume linearize"
- for reporting multiple recording entries in case a recording is started during the
- initial reading of the video directory
- for reporting that getting the lock for removing deleted recordings may fail if the
- disk is full
-
-Dieter Ferdinand <dieter.ferdinand@gmx.de>
- for reporting a problem with jumping to an absolute position via the Red key in
- case replay was paused
- for reporting a problem with the system getting unresponsive when removing a huge
- number of files in the thread that removes deleted recordings
- for suggesting to call the script that gets called for recordings also right before a
- recording is edited
-
-Jasmin Jessich <jasmin@anw.at>
- for modifying the CAM API so that it is possible to implement CAMs that can be freely
- assigned to any devices
- for writing the ddci2 plugin and for valuable input and help with testing and
- debugging MTD support
- for fixing selecting delivery system names in case of undefined indexes
- for fixing detecting the inclusion of STL header files in tools.h
- for help and suggestions when implementing debug output for checking the correct
- sequence of locking global lists
- for suggesting to use $(Q) to control Makefile verbosity
- for adding handling DEBUG to the Make.config.template file, in order to control
- code optimization
- for suggesting to change the macros used to control deprecated code or functions
- to numeric values (0 and 1), so that they can be controlled at compile time, without
- having to edit the actual source code
-
-Martin Schirrmacher <schirrmie@gmail.com>
- for suggesting to provide a way for skin plugins to get informed about the currently
- used sort mode of a menu
-
-Clemens Brauers <vdr@admin-cb.de>
- for modifying runvdr.template to improve compatibility with the "bash" and "dash" shells
-
-Stefan Herdler <herdler@gmx.de>
- for fixing cMarks::GetNextBegin() and cMarks::GetNextEnd()
- for reporting that pausing replay at the last editing mark actually paused one I-frame
- too early
- for reporting a bug in using the default sort mode in a video directory without a
- ".sort" file
- for reporting faulty memory handling in cString::Append()
- for adding failsafe defaults for 'make LCLBLD=1' to the Makefile
- for reporting the index file of a recording not being regenerated in case it is
- present, but empty
- for reporting a missing check for self-assignment in the move assignment operator
- for modifying handling channel names with source to make it thread safe
- for fixing setting T2 system ID from NIT
-
-Tobias Faust <tobias.faust@gmx.de>
- for the original "jumpingseconds" patch
-
-Erik Oomen <oomen.e@gmail.com>
- for translating OSD texts to the Dutch language
-
-Magnus Sirwiö <sirwio@hotmail.com>
- for translating OSD texts to the Swedish language
-
-Albert Danis <a.danis@gmx.de>
- for developing and improving several formulas used in controlling positioners
- for translating OSD texts to the Hungarian language
- for fixing the German translation of "Zap timeout"
- for unifying the German translations of "StreamId" and "T2SystemId"
- for improving the German translations of "EPG bugfix level"", "StreamId" and
- "T2SystemId"
-
-Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>
- for translating OSD texts to the Polish language
-
-Gabriel Bonich <gbonich@gmail.com>
- for translating OSD texts to the Spanish language
-
-Daniel Ribeiro <drwyrm@gmail.com>
- for reporting a problem with setting the source value of newly created channels, in
- case the NIT is received from a different, but very close satellite position, and
- for helping to debug this
-
-Janne Pänkälä <epankala@gmail.com>
- for reporting that some broadcasters use the character 0x0D in EPG texts
-
-Stefan Pöschel <basic.master@gmx.de>
- for coding the AFFcleaner, parts of which were used to make the recorder skip empty
- adaptation field TS packets
-
-Robert Hannebauer <vdr@hannebauer.org>
- for fixing an overflow of PIDs in a receiver
- for fixing opening the UDP port in peerdemo
-
-Aitugan Sarbassov <isarbassov@gmail.com>
- for adding 'S58.5E Kazsat 3' to sources.conf
-
-Sergey Chernyavskiy <glenvt18@gmail.com>
- for reporting truncated date/time strings in the skins on multi-byte UTF-8
- for adding a short sleep to cTSBuffer::Action() to avoid high CPU usage
- for making the SVDRP commands that deal with recordings use a unique id for each
- recording
-
-Frank Richter <kulpstur@t-online.de>
- for adding 'S3W ABS-3A' to sources.conf
-
-Daniel Scheller <d.scheller@gmx.net>
- for reporting a problem with detecting whether a CAM replies to queries, which didn't
- work on some systems since the implementation of RI_HOST_CONTROL
-
-Onur Sentürk <onur@sentek.org>
- for making the MTD mapper avoid immediately reusing unique PIDs when switching channels
- for fixing handling shared CA pids
- for fixing handling the S2SatelliteDeliverySystemDescriptor for transponders broadcasting
- in "backwards compatibility mode" according to ETSI EN 300 468
- for pointing out some potentially mistakable code in cSectionHandler::SetStatus()
- for adding periodic calls to malloc_trim(0) to reduce memory consumption
-
-Helmut Binder <cco@aon.at>
- for improving calculating signal strength and quality
- for fixing switching through encrypted channels with the Up/Down keys
- for deactivating MTD support if a non MCD capable CAM is inserted after removing
- a previously used CAM that is MCD capable
- for fixing accessing the actual frontend on multi frontend devices
- for fixing processing the last entry in the scan list of the EIT scanner
- for fixing processing transponder data in the NIT
- for fixing triggering the SDT filter when parsing the NIT
- for reporting a bug in processing SI::T2DeliverySystemDescriptor when typecasting it
- over an SI::ExtensionDescriptor
- for fixing mapping SIDs in MTD
- for fixing updating the checksum in the CA table after mapping EMM PIDs for MTD
- for fixing a compiler warning in ExchangeChars()
- for suggesting to add __attribute__((packed)) to tIndexPes and tIndexTs
- for helping with the implementation of retuning if the received transponder's SDT
- doesn't contain the expected values for NID and TID
- for adding the language code for Bulgarian
- for a patch that was used as a base for fixing handling multi part ExtendedEventDescriptors
- where only the first part contains information about the character table
- for suggesting to check and report whether the given value is valid when setting the
- override character table
- for adding codes for more languages and special audio tracks
- for adding cMtdCamSlot::TsPostProcess()
- for adding cMtdHandler::StopDecrypting()
- for adding support for detecting new channels broadcast in HEVC
- for adding support for detecting 'advanced codec digital radio sound service'
- for adding handling shared PMT pids and multiple PMT sections
- for changing the country code in the generated ParentalRatingDescriptor from 'DEU' to
- '902' to make it valid for all countries
- for adjusting device selection in GetDeviceForTransponder() to that in GetDevice()
- for adding CRC check of the CAT in cCaPidReceiver::Receive()
- for reporting that the 'else if' branch in cDevice::GetDeviceForTransponder() hasn't
- been active since version 1.7.29
- for fixing handling inactive shared CA pids
- for implementing handling multi packet CATs with MTD
- for adding checking the symbol rate to cDvbTuner::IsTunedTo(), which apparently got
- lost in version 1.7.13
- for adding a check for an empty command in cDvbTuner::GetSignalStats() to avoid a
- possible error message
- for initializing the status variable in cDvbTuner::GetFrontendStatus() and
- cDvbTuner::GetSignalStats() to avoid problems with drivers that don't do this
- for fixing "read incomplete section" errors
- for fixing generating the HashId in cEIT::cEIT()
- for fixing a bug in handling shared PMTs, where after the first pass not all SIDs of a
- PMT pid were checked any more
- for reporting a problem with PMT handling in case locking the Channels list times out
- for avoiding a lengthy lock on the Channels list when starting a recording
- for preventing switching devices for pattern timers
- for pointing out that cChannel::Transponder(void) is called very often
- for fixing flushing old data from the section handler
- for removing unused declaration of cDvbTuner::SetFrontendType()
- for fixing handling incomplete multi-packet CAT
- for fixing a memory leak in handling the NIT
- for reporting a possible memory leak in creating fonts
- for fixing a possible deadlock in cDevice::DetachAllReceivers()
-
-Ulrich Eckhardt <uli@uli-eckhardt.de>
- for reporting a problem with shutdown after user inactivity in case a plugin is
- keeping the OSD open
-
-Stian B. Barmen <stian@barmen.nu>
- for reporting missing EPG data on channels from Canal Digital Norway
-
-Jürgen Schneider <jsffm@web.de>
- for reporting a possible discrepancy of the primary device number in the LSTD and
- PRIM commands
- for adding support for EAC3 audio from other sources
- for reporting a crash if a pattern timer spawns a timer that uses EPISODE and the
- event has no short text
- for reporting a bug in VPS handling when spawning a pattern timer, in case Setup.UseVps
- is false
- for reporting an endless spawning of pattern timers in case the spawned timer doesn't
- use VPS and fully overlaps a second event that is longer than the original one
- for reporting a missing EPISODE macro expansion in case the event doesn't yet have a
- short text when generating the pattern timer file name
- for reporting a problem with spawned timers jumping to the next event in case
- Setup.EPGLinger is very small
-
-Stefan Verse <Verse@amotronics.de>
- for fixing an occasional black screen when switching channels
-
-Jens Schleusener <Jens.Schleusener@fossies.org>
- for reporting several typos
-
-Bernd Kuhls <bernd.kuhls@t-online.de>
- for fixing possible compilation errors with libjpeg
-
-Ulf Grüne <ulf.gruene@t-online.de>
- for reporting the need for more than 15 modulation systems in cDevice::GetDevice()
-
-Timo Weingärtner <timo@tiwe.de>
- for reporting an integer overflow in calculating the disk use percentage if there's
- more than 20TB of recordings
-
-Jose Angel <joseangelpp@gmail.com>
- for reporting a bug in default values for DVB-T
-
-Andreas Baierl <post@andreasbaierl.de>
- for implementing scaling images
- for reporting a problem in the progress display when switching from "pause" to
- "slow back"

Doxyfile

@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ UML_LOOK               = NO
 # the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
 # graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
 # threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
-# manageable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
+# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
 # exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
 
 UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10

INSTALL

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Installation of the Video Disk Recorder
 ---------------------------------------
 
-Version 2.7
+Version 2.0
 -----------
 
 Compiling and running the program:
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ By default the 'vdr' program can be controlled via the PC keyboard.
 If you want to disable control via the keyboard, you can add NO_KBD=1
 to the 'make' call, or use the '--no-kbd' option at runtime.
 
-If you have a LIRC compatible infrared remote control receiver you can define
-the REMOTE macro to one of the following values in the 'make' call to make
-the respective control the default:
+If you have an infrared remote control unit you can define the REMOTE macro
+to one of the following values in the 'make' call to make the respective control
+the default:
 
   REMOTE=LIRC   control via the "Linux Infrared Remote Control"
                 (see http://www.lirc.org)
@@ -73,15 +73,16 @@ port ("Simple Video Disk Recorder Protocol"). By default, it listens
 on port 6419 (use the --port=PORT option to change this). For details
 about the SVDRP syntax see the source file 'svdrp.c'.
 
+WARNING: DUE TO THE OPEN SVDRP PORT THIS PROGRAM MAY CONSTITUTE A
+=======  POTENTIAL SECURITY HAZARD! IF YOU ARE NOT RUNNING VDR IN
+         A CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENT, YOU MAY WANT TO DISABLE SVDRP
+         BY USING '--port=0'!
+
 The file 'svdrphosts.conf' can be used to define which hosts are allowed
 to access the SVDRP port. By default only localhost (127.0.0.1) is granted
 access. If you want to give other hosts access to your SVDRP port you need to
 add their IP numbers to 'svdrphosts.conf'.
 
-You can disable SVDRP access entirely by either running VDR with '--port=0',
-or by removing all entries (including 127.0.0.1 for the localhost) from
-'svdrphosts.conf'.
-
 If the program shall run as a daemon, use the --daemon option. This
 will completely detach it from the terminal and will continue as a
 background process.
@@ -93,24 +94,6 @@ vdr:123:respawn:/usr/local/bin/vdr --terminal=/dev/tty8 -w 60
 
 See the man page vdr(1) for complete information about all command line options.
 
-Output devices
---------------
-
-VDR by itself doesn't produce any audio or video output. In order to watch
-live tv or recordings, you will need to use a plugin that supports the actual
-hardware in your system, for instance:
-
-Plugin:           Device:
-
-dvbsddevice       Full-Featured SD DVB cards (Fujitsu-Siemens Design)
-                  ftp://ftp.tvdr.de/vdr/Plugins
-dvbhddevice       Full-featured HD DVB cards (Technotrend TT S2-6400)
-                  https://bitbucket.org/powARman/dvbhddevice
-rpihddevice       Raspberry Pi
-                  https://projects.vdr-developer.org/git/vdr-plugin-rpihddevice.git
-
-See https://linuxtv.org/vdrwiki/index.php/Output_devices for more.
-
 Standard compliance
 -------------------
 
@@ -151,14 +134,14 @@ displayed correctly. Since BiDi support adds some runtime overhead by requiring
 additional memory allocation and copying, this feature is not compiled in
 by default, so that users that have no need for this don't get any overhead.
 
-Workaround for providers not encoding their DVB SI table strings correctly
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Workaround for providers not encoding their EPG data correctly
+--------------------------------------------------------------
 
-According to "ETSI EN 300 468" the default character set for SI data is
+According to "ETSI EN 300 468" the default character set fo SI data is
 ISO6937. But unfortunately some broadcasters actually use ISO-8859-9 or
 other encodings, but fail to correctly announce that.
 Users who want to set the default character set to something different can
-do this by using the command line option --chartab with something
+do this by setting the environment variable VDR_CHARSET_OVERRIDE to something
 like ISO-8859-9.
 
 Start script with automatic restart in case of hangups:
@@ -264,27 +247,23 @@ Executing commands before and after a recording:
 ------------------------------------------------
 
 You can use the '-r' option to define a program or script that gets called
-at various stages of handling recordings.
+before and after a recording is performed, and after an editing process
+has finished or a recording has been deleted.
 
-The program will be called with two or three string parameters.
-The first parameter is one of
+The program will be called with two or three (in case of "edited") string
+parameters. The first parameter is one of
 
   before      if this is *before* a recording starts
-  started     if this is after a recording has *started*
   after       if this is *after* a recording has finished
-  editing     if this is before *editing* a recording
   edited      if this is after a recording has been *edited*
   deleted     if this is after a recording has been *deleted*
-  copying     if this is before *copying* a recording
-  copied      if this is after a recording has been *copied*
-  renamed     if this is after a recording has been *renamed*
-  moved       if this is after a recording has been *moved*
-              (note that a move across file system borders triggers a sequence
-              of "copying", "copied" and "deleted")
 
-and the second and third parameter (if present) contain the full name of the recording's
+and the second parameter contains the full name of the recording's
 directory (which may not yet exists at that moment in the "before" case).
-See the example below for the exact meaning of these parameters.
+In the "edited" case it will be the name of the edited version (second
+parameter) and the name of the source version (third parameter).
+In the "deleted" case the extension of the directory name is ".del"
+instead of ".rec".
 
 Within this program you can do anything you would like to do before and/or
 after a recording or after an editing process. However, the program must return
@@ -300,16 +279,9 @@ case "$1" in
      before)
             echo "Before recording $2"
             ;;
-     started)
-            echo "Started recording $2"
-            ;;
      after)
             echo "After recording $2"
             ;;
-     editing)
-            echo "Editing recording $2"
-            echo "Source recording $3"
-            ;;
      edited)
             echo "Edited recording $2"
             echo "Source recording $3"
@@ -317,22 +289,6 @@ case "$1" in
      deleted)
             echo "Deleted recording $2"
             ;;
-     copying)
-            echo "Destination recording $2"
-            echo "Source recording $3"
-            ;;
-     copied)
-            echo "Destination recording $2"
-            echo "Source recording $3"
-            ;;
-     renamed)
-            echo "New name of recording $2"
-            echo "Old name of recording $3"
-            ;;
-     moved)
-            echo "New path of recording $2"
-            echo "Old path of recording $3"
-            ;;
      *)
             echo "ERROR: unknown state: $1"
             ;;
@@ -369,9 +325,38 @@ Note that the file system need not be 64-bit proof, since the 'vdr'
 program splits video files into chunks of about 2GB. You should use
 a disk with several gigabytes of free space. One GB can store roughly
 half an hour of SD video data, or 10 minutes of HD video.
-Either use one of today's large terabyte disks (preferably with a backup disk
-in a RAID-1 array), or use something like "mhddfs" to group several disks
-into one large volume.
+
+If you have more than one disk and don't want to combine them to form
+one large logical volume, you can set up several video directories as
+mount points for these disks. All of these directories must have the
+same basic name and must end with a numeric part, which starts at 0 for
+the main directory and has increasing values for the rest of the
+directories. For example
+
+   /srv/vdr/video0
+   /srv/vdr/video1
+   /srv/vdr/video2
+
+would be a setup with three directories. You can use more than one
+numeric digit:
+
+   /mnt/MyVideos/vdr.00
+   /mnt/MyVideos/vdr.01
+   /mnt/MyVideos/vdr.02
+   ...
+   /mnt/MyVideos/vdr.11
+
+would set up twelve disks (wow, what a machine that would be!).
+
+To use such a multi directory setup, you need to add the '-v' option
+with the name of the basic directory when running 'vdr':
+
+   vdr -v /srv/vdr/video0
+
+WARNING: Using multiple disks to form one large video directory this way
+is deprecated and will be removed from VDR in a future version! Either
+use one of today's large terabyte disks (preferably with a backup disk
+in a RAID-1 array), or use something like "mhddfs".
 
 Note that you should not copy any non-VDR files into the video directory,
 since this might cause a lot of unnecessary disk access when VDR cleans up those
@@ -431,9 +416,8 @@ access your DiSEqC equipment (see man vdr(5) for details).
 A special form of DiSEqC is used to connect several receivers to one signal
 source using only a single cable. This method, known as "Satellite Channel Routing"
 according to EN50494 (aka "Unicable(TM)", "OLT(TM)", "SatCR", "Single Cable
-Distribution", "Channel Stacking System" or "Single Cable Interface") or
-EN50607 (aka "JESS") uses the file "scr.conf" to specify which SCR channels
-use which user band frequency.
+Distribution", "Channel Stacking System" or "Single Cable Interface") uses
+the file "scr.conf" to specify which SCR channels use which user band frequency.
 
 If DVB-S devices need to be connected to the same satellite cable, but no
 "Satellite Channel Routing" is available, they can be set to be "bonded" in
@@ -484,17 +468,19 @@ for a detailed description).
 
 The recommended PC key assignments are:
 
-  Up, Down, Left, Right     Cursor keys
-  Menu                      'Home'
+  Up, Down, Left, Right     Crsr keys in numeric block
+  Menu                      'Home' in numeric block
   Ok                        'Enter'
-  Back                      'Backspace'
+  Back                      'End' in numeric block
   Red, Green, Yellow, Blue  'F1'..'F4'
-  0..9                      '0'..'9'
-  Volume+/-                 'PgUp', 'PgDn'
-  Mute                      'F10'
+  0..9                      '0'..'9' in top row
+  Power                     'P'
+  Volume+/-                 '+', '-'
+  Mute                      'm'
 
-If you want to change your key assignments later, simply delete the file
-'remote.conf' and restart 'vdr' to get into learning mode.
+If you prefer different key assignments, or if the default doesn't work for
+your keyboard, simply delete the file 'remote.conf' and restart 'vdr' to get
+into learning mode.
 
 Generating source code documentation:
 -------------------------------------

MANUAL

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Video Disk Recorder User's Manual
 ---------------------------------
 
-Version 2.7
+Version 2.0
 -----------
 
 * Remote Control Keys
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ Version 2.7
   Next        Next/previous channel group (in live tv mode)
   Prev        or next/previous editing mark (in replay mode)
 
-  Channel+    channel up (live view), next error (replay)
-  Channel-    channel down (live view), previous error (replay)
+  Channel+    channel up
+  Channel-    channel down
   PrevChannel previous channel
 
   Power       shutdown
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Version 2.7
       be treated as part of that number, not as a sort mode toggle. If no numeric
       key has been pressed for more than one second, the number is reset and '0'
       functions as sort mode toggle again.
-  (3) In the "Edit timer" menu, when on the "Day" item, the '0' key toggles between
+  (3) In the "Timers" menu, when on the "Day" item, the '0' key toggles between
       a single shot and a repeating timer. If "Day" indicates a repeating timer,
       the keys '1'...'7' can be used to toggle the individual days ('1' is Monday).
 
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Version 2.7
 
 * Pausing live video
 
-  If you want to pause the live programme you are just watching, simply press
+  If you want to pause the live programme you are just watching, simple press
   "Menu/Yellow" or "Pause" on your remote control. VDR will start an instant
   recording of the current channel (just as if you had pressed "Menu/Red" or
   "Record") and immediately begin replaying that recording. Replay will be
@@ -276,9 +276,6 @@ Version 2.7
   in the "Setup/Recording" menu. Recording time will be the same as for
   any other instant recording, so by default it will record 3 hours (which
   should be enough for any normal broadcast).
-  Note that the timer that is created for recording the paused live video will
-  always record on the local VDR, even if an "SVDRP default host" has been
-  set for normal timer recordings.
 
 * Replaying a Recording
 
@@ -366,30 +363,15 @@ Version 2.7
   - 0       Toggles an editing mark. If the mark indicator shows a red triangle,
             the current mark is deleted. Otherwise a new mark is set at the
             current position.
-  - 1, 3    Move an editing mark back and forward in "adaptive" mode. Pressing
-            either of these keys for the first time moves the mark 120 seconds
-            in the given direction (configurable via "Setup/Replay/Initial
-            duration for adaptive skipping"). Further presses of the same key
-            keep moving the mark by the same value. Once the other key is
-            pressed, the value is divided by 2 (hence the name "adaptive") with
-            every further press of either key. Pressing '1' and '3'
-            alternatingly divides the distance all the way down to a single
-            I-frame. That way a particular place in a recording (for instance
-            the beginning or end of a commercial break) can be found very
-            quickly. If none of these two keys is pressed for a while
-            (configurable via "Setup/Replay/Reset timeout for adaptive
-            skipping") the distance falls back to the initial value.
-            If replay is not in Pause mode, or if there is no mark at the
-            current position, the skip is performed without moving any mark.
-  - 4, 6    Move an editing mark back and forward by one I-frame. You need to
-            first jump to an editing mark for this to work.
+  - 4, 6    Move an editing mark back and forward. You need to first jump to
+            an editing mark for this to work.
   - 7, 9    Jump back and forward between editing marks. Replay goes into still
             mode after jumping to a mark. If the current position is at the
             first or last mark, or if there are no marks at all, these keys
             jump to the very beginning or end, respectively, of the recording.
   - 8       Positions replay at a point 3 seconds before the current or next
             "begin" mark and starts replay.
-  - 2       Starts the actual cutting process.
+  - 2       Start the actual cutting process.
 
   Editing marks are represented by black, vertical lines in the progress display.
   A small black triangle at the top of the mark means that this is a "begin"
@@ -480,8 +462,6 @@ Version 2.7
              "forever", and a value of 0 means that this recording can be
              deleted any time if a recording with a higher priority needs disk
              space.
-  Pattern:   The pattern to use for recordings matching events (only available
-             for pattern timers). See section "Pattern timers" below.
   File:      The name under which a recording created through this timer will
              be stored on disk (the actual name will also contain the date and
              time, so it is possible to have a "repeating timer" store all its
@@ -503,9 +483,6 @@ Version 2.7
              the name of the recording.
   First day: The date of the first day when this timer shall start recording
              (only available for repeating timers).
-  Record on: The name of the remote VDR this timer shall record on (only available
-             if there are any remote VDRs connected to this VDR). If this field
-             is empty, the timer will record on the local VDR.
 
   A timer can also be programmed by pressing the "Red" key on the "Schedule",
   "Now", "Next" or "Event" menus.
@@ -513,140 +490,6 @@ Version 2.7
   The "Red" key in the "Edit timer" menu opens a list of folders, which can be
   used to define the file name in which the recording will be stored.
 
-  The "Yellow" key in the "Edit timer" menu toggles the timer between "Pattern"
-  and "Regular".
-
-  When editing the "File" field, the "Blue" key in can be used to insert useful
-  macros.
-
-* Pattern timers
-
-There are cases where it would make sense to have a more flexible kind of
-recording timer. For instance, some channels that provide VPS don't always
-use the exact same VPS time for a series, which is extremely annoying.
-Or you might want to record all films that have a certain pattern in their
-title, no matter when they are broadcast. In such cases, "pattern timers"
-can help.
-
-In the "Edit timer" menu press the Yellow button to turn a regular timer into
-a pattern timer. Pressing this button again switches back to regular.
-
-The following rules apply to pattern timers:
-
-- Pattern timers can only work for channels that provide EPG data.
-- When using pattern timers, there should always be at least one free device that
-  can be used to regularly receive the EPG of the pattern timer's channel.
-- A pattern timer records every matching event on the given channel that overlaps
-  with the given start/stop time. Overlapping events are recorded in full,
-  even if they extend outside the given start/stop interval.
-- In order to actually record an event, a pattern timer "spawns" a separate timer
-  that does the recording. If there are matching events that would start while
-  the first spawned timer is still recording (due to the start/stop margins), timers
-  for those events are also spawned.
-- Spawned timers are marked with the flag tfSpawned.
-- Spawned timers take the Priority, Lifetime and VPS settings from the pattern timer.
-- The special pattern "*" matches every event. So a timer with
-  a start/stop time of 00:00/23:59 will record every event of that day
-  into separate recordings. Note that when using this pattern there should
-  be no other timers for the same channel, because these might interfere.
-- Once a timer has been spawned, it is treated like any other regular
-  timer. Any changes made to the corresponding pattern timer thereafter will have
-  no effect on spawned timers. Note that after deleting a spawned timer,
-  the corresponding pattern timer may respawn it.
-- Recording is done according to the event's begin/end times, either
-  by adding the start/stop margins (for non-VPS timers) or by using the
-  event's running status (for VPS timers).
-- If the start/stop margins of a spawned timer are reduced because the event
-  before and/or after that timer's event is shorter than the respective margin,
-  the actual recording still uses the full margins.
-- If the times of the event change, a non-VPS pattern timer automatically adjusts
-  itself to the new times. This also happens if the start/stop margins are changed
-  in the setup.
-- The recording of a pattern timer is stored under the given file name, just like
-  regular timers do. In addition to the "TITLE" and "EPISODE" macros the file
-  name of a pattern timer can also use "{<}" and "{>}" to reference the part of the
-  event's title before and after the pattern, respectively. For instance,
-  if the event's title is "Abc def ghi" and the pattern is "def ", "{<}"
-  would contain "Abc " and "{>}" would contain "ghi" (note the matching of the
-  blanks). For completeness, "{=}" can be used to reference the matching
-  pattern itself.
-- In the "Timers" menu pressing the Red button on a pattern timer only toggles the
-  timer between "on" and "off", even if this is a repeating timer.
-- In the "Timers" menu pattern timers are sorted alphabetically to the end of the
-  list of timers.
-- A regular timer that is currently recording can't be changed into a pattern timer.
-- In the "Edit timer" menu the file name and pattern are displayed as
-  separate items. The Yellow button can be used to toggle between a regular
-  timer and a pattern timer. When going from regular to pattern, the Pattern item will
-  be initialized with the base part of the file name.
-- The characters '^' and '$' can be used at the very beginning and end of
-  the pattern to anchor the pattern to the begin or end of the title.
-  Using both of these will match only titles that consist of exactly the given pattern,
-  with nothing before and nothing after it.
-- The Pattern field in the "Edit timer" menu allows blanks at the end of the string,
-  which may help to separate the text after the matching pattern.
-- If the first character of the pattern is '@', an event that matches the
-  rest of the pattern is only recorded if the resulting recording's file
-  name (without any folders) is not contained in the donerecs.data file.
-  This avoids duplicate recordings of the same programme. Timers spawned from
-  such a pattern timer are marked with the flag tfAvoid.
-- When editing the "File" field of a timer, the Blue button can be pressed to
-  insert one of the macros "TITLE", "EPISODE", "{<}", "{=}" or "{>}",
-  respectively. Pressing the Blue button repeatedly loops through the available
-  macros. The "{...}" macros are only available for pattern timers.
-- In the "Schedule" and "What's on...?" menus the events that will be recorded
-  by a pattern timer are marked in the same way as regular timers.
-- The TIMERS column in the LCARS skin doesn't show the basic definitions of
-  pattern timers, it only shows timers actually spawned from pattern timers.
-
-If the pattern is prepended with '@', the name of the resulting recording (everything
-after the rightmost '~', or the entire file name, if there is no '~') will be stored
-in the file donerecs.data, so that multiple recordings of the same programme can be
-avoided. When using this feature, special care must be taken regarding the recording's
-file name. For instance, with a combination of
-
-  pattern   file name
-  @Columbo  Movies~TITLE
-
-if the event's title is just "Columbo", this pattern timer would only record once,
-and ignore any future events with that title, even if the episode would be different.
-So you may want to use the episode name, as in
-
-  pattern   file name
-  @Columbo  Movies~TITLE - EPISODE
-
-to make the file name unique. If you have several pattern timers for the same show on
-different channels, chances are that the broadcasters handle title and episode
-differently, as for example in
-
-  TITLE                           EPISODE                pattern      file name
-  Columbo                         Blueprint for Murder   @^Columbo$   TITLE - EPISODE
-  Columbo - Blueprint for Murder                         @^Columbo    TITLE
-  Columbo: Blueprint for Murder                          @^Columbo:_  Columbo - {>}
-
-(note the '_' in the pattern of the third example; this is just used to visualize
-the blank at the end of the pattern)
-
-In order to have the same episode result in the same recording file name on all
-channels, the file name needs to be generated differently for each channel. First
-you need to decide on a proper combination of title and episode name, preferably
-one that is already used by one of your channels (let's say the second one).
-In the first case, title and episode name are correctly put in their respective
-places, and "TITLE - EPISODE" as file name will do. The second case is our common
-version, where everything is in the title, so TITLE is just fine. The third case
-poses a problem, because everything is in the title, but with a different separator.
-Here the special macro "{>}" can be used in the file name, which contains everything
-following the matching pattern. There are three macros that can be used here:
-
-  {<}  everything before the matching pattern
-  {>}  everything after the matching pattern
-  {=}  the matching pattern itself (just for completeness)
-
-As of VDR version 2.5.2, the characters ' ' (blank), ':' and '-' are ignored
-when checking whether a particular recording has already been made by a pattern
-timer, making "TITLE - EPISODE" and "TITLE: EPISODE" the same.
-VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
-
 * Managing folders
 
   The "Select folder" menu, which can be accessed by pressing the "Red" key in
@@ -657,42 +500,9 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
   folder name in the list). The "Yellow" key deletes the current folder (note
   that this will merely delete the folder definition stored in 'folders.conf'
   and has no effect on existing timers or recordings). The "Blue" key can be
-  used to edit an existing folder definition. The "Red" key opens a folder that
-  contains sub folders, while pressing Ok selects the current folder. Once a
-  folder has been selected, the entire path of the timer's file name will be
-  replaced with the selected folder.
-
-  In the "Recordings" menu the folders of existing recordings can be renamed or
-  moved by pressing the "Blue" key ("Edit") while the cursor is positioned on
-  a folder. This will open a menu in which the folder's name and location (the
-  "parent" folder) can be edited. If such an operation will result in moving
-  more than one recording, you will be asked for confirmation.
-  The name, folder, priority and lifetime of an individual recording can be
-  changed by pressing the "Blue" key ("Info") while the cursor is positioned
-  on a recording, and in the resulting Info menu pressing the "Blue" key again
-  to bring up the "Edit recording" menu.
-  In the "Edit recording" menu the Red button ("Folder") allows you to select one
-  of your predefined folders. The Green button has multiple functions, depending
-  on what is currently going on with the recording. It can either stop or cancel
-  a cut, move or copy operation. If the button reads "Stop..." it means that the
-  respective operation is already happening, while "Cancel..." means that the
-  operation is still pending execution. If no operation is currently happening
-  and the recording has editing marks, the Button will read "Cut" and triggers
-  cutting the recording (same as pressing '2' while replaying the recording).
-  The Yellow button ("Delete marks") allows you to delete all editing marks from
-  the selected recording (if there are any and the recording is not currently
-  being cut). To directly edit the folder or name of the recording, position the
-  cursor to the respective line and press the Right key to start editing (press
-  Ok to confirm the edit, or Back to return to the previous value). If you want
-  to remove the name of the recording and make the folder name the actual
-  recording's name, you can position the cursor to the "Name:" field and press
-  the '0' key. This will take the last element of the recording's folder path
-  and make it the actual name of the recording. You can do this in turn until
-  the recording is moved all the way up to the root of the video directory.
-  Note that, in case you inadvertently pressed the '0' key, you can leave the
-  "Edit recording" menu with the "Back" key and any changes you have made so far
-  will not be applied. Once you are finished with editing the recording
-  properties, press Ok to confirm the changes.
+  used to edit an existing folder definition. The "Red" key selects the current
+  folder, or enters a sub folder. Once a folder has been selected, the entire
+  path of the timer's file name will be replaced with the selected folder.
 
 * Parameters in the "Setup" menu
 
@@ -796,18 +606,6 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          plain recordings. Set this option to "no" if you want folders
                          to be interspersed with recordings when sorted alphabetically.
 
-  Default sort mode for recordings = by time
-                         Controls whether recordings are sorted by time or by name.
-                         If a particular sort mode has been selected for a folder by
-                         pressing '0', the default no longer applies to that folder.
-
-  Sorting direction for recordings = ascending
-                         When recordings are sorted "by time", they appear in ascending
-                         order (i.e. "oldest" to "newest"). If this parameter is set to
-                         "descending", they will be presented "newest" to "oldest.
-                         Note that in the latter case, if "Always sort folders first"
-                         is "yes", folders will appear in reverse alphabetical order.
-
   Number keys for characters = yes
                          Controls whether the number keys can be used to enter
                          characters in a text input field. You may want to set this
@@ -829,16 +627,6 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          A value of '0' completely turns off scanning on both single
                          and multiple card systems.
 
-  EPG scan max. channel number = 0
-                         The EPG scan will only tune to transponders of channels with
-                         numbers below this limit. By default all transponders will
-                         be scanned.
-
-  EPG pause after scan = no
-                         After a complete scan of all transponders (optionally limited
-                         by "EPG scan max. channel number") the EPG scan pauses for
-                         "EPG scan timeout" hours if this option is set to "yes".
-
   EPG bugfix level = 3   Some tv stations transmit weirdly formatted EPG data.
                          VDR attempts to fix these bugs up to the given level:
                          0 = no EPG fixing
@@ -916,16 +704,15 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          Defines the standard compliance mode:
                          0 = DVB
                          1 = ANSI/SCTE
-                         2 = NORDIG
 
   Video format = 4:3     The video format (or aspect ratio) of the tv set in use
-                         (4:3 or 16:9). Applies only to SD output devices.
+                         (4:3 or 16:9).
 
   Video display format = letterbox
                          The display format to use for playing wide screen video on
                          a 4:3 tv set ("pan & scan", "letterbox" or "center cut out").
                          This option is only available if "Video format" is set to
-                         4:3. Applies only to SD output devices.
+                         4:3.
 
   Use Dolby Digital = yes
                          Controls whether Dolby Digital tracks appear in the "Audio"
@@ -989,28 +776,6 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          are connected to the same sat cable must be set to the same
                          number here.
 
-  Use dish positioner = no
-                         By default, the 'P' command code in DiSEqC command sequences
-                         is ignored. Set this parameter to 'yes' if you are using a
-                         satellite dish positioner.
-
-  Site latitude (degrees) = 0
-  Site longitude (degrees) = 0
-                         Set these to the latitude and longitude of your dish's
-                         location if you use a satellite dish positioner. Use the
-                         "Green" key to switch between north/south and east/west,
-                         respectively.
-
-  Max. positioner swing (degrees) = 65
-                         Defines the maximum angle by which the positioner can move
-                         the dish away from due south (or north) in either direction.
-                         The valid range is 0...90.
-
-  Positioner speed (degrees/s) = 1.5
-                         Defines the speed at which the positioner moves the dish.
-                         The valid range is 0.1...180. This value is used to calculate
-                         how long it takes the positioner to reach the target position.
-
   CAM:
 
   n CAM Name             Shows the CAM slots that are present in this system, where
@@ -1019,19 +784,7 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          if it is in the process of being reset, its current status
                          is displayed.  The "Red" key can be pressed to enter the CAM
                          menu, and the "Green" key triggers a reset of the selected
-                         slot. The "Ok" key also opens the CAM menu. The "Yellow" key
-                         assigns the selected CAM to a device and switches it to the
-                         current channel. The CAM/device combination remains tuned to
-                         the current channel until the smart card in the CAM has been
-                         activated and thus starts to descramble, or until a recording
-                         needs this device. Pressing the "Yellow" key while a CAM is
-                         in activation mode cancels the activation. The activation mode
-                         remains in effect even if you switch to a different channel
-                         (provided there is more than one device in the system) or
-                         watch a recording. To activate your smart card simply switch
-                         to the channel you want to watch, open the "Setup/CAM" menu,
-                         select the CAM that contains the smart card (in case you
-                         have more than one CAM) and press the "Yellow" key.
+                         slot. The "Ok" key also opens the CAM menu.
 
   Recording:
 
@@ -1040,22 +793,14 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          after the official end time it shall stop recording.
                          These margins are added automatically to timers that
                          are created from the EPG data.
-                         Note that the actual margins used may be smaller than the
-                         given values, if the event before and/or after the event
-                         to be recorded is shorter than the respective margin.
 
   Default priority = 50  The default Priority and Lifetime values used when
   Default lifetime = 99  creating a new timer event. A Lifetime value of 99
                          means that this recording will never be deleted
                          automatically.
 
-  Record key handling = 2
-                         Defines what happens if the Record key on the remote control
-                         is pressed during live tv.
-                         0 = no instant recording
-                         1 = confirm instant recording
-                         2 = record instantly
-                         The default is 2.
+  Pause priority = 10    The Priority and Lifetime values used when pausing live
+  Pause lifetime = 1     video.
 
   Pause key handling = 2 Defines what happens if the Pause key on the remote control
                          is pressed during live tv.
@@ -1064,9 +809,6 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          2 = pause live video
                          The default is 2.
 
-  Pause priority = 10    The Priority and Lifetime values used when pausing live
-  Pause lifetime = 1     video.
-
   Use episode name = yes Repeating timers use the EPG's 'Episode name' information
                          to create recording file names in a hierarchical structure
                          (for instance to gather all episodes of a series in a
@@ -1154,70 +896,6 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          Defines whether the player automatically goes into Pause
                          mode when setting an editing mark.
 
-  Pause replay when jumping to a mark = yes
-                         By default replay is automatically paused whenever you jump
-                         to an editing mark with the '7' or '9' key in order to allow
-                         you to easily adjust those marks. If this option is set to
-                         'no', the '9' key will not pause if you are in Play mode and
-                         the mark you jump to is not within 3 seconds of the end of
-                         the recording.
-
-  Skip edited parts = no Defines whether the edited parts of a recording are
-                         automatically skipped during replay. This includes jumping
-                         to the first mark if replay starts at the beginning of the
-                         recording, and stopping at the last mark.
-
-  Pause replay at last mark = no
-                         If enabled, replay of a recording will go into Pause mode
-                         when it has reached the last "end" mark (if any). Note that
-                         the actual position at which the pause occurs may be a couple
-                         of frames before the last "end" mark, depending on how much
-                         data is buffered by your output device.
-
-  Initial duration for adaptive skipping (s) = 120
-                         Defines the number of seconds to jump from the current replay
-                         position in either direction, when pressing the '1' or '3'
-                         key for the first time after the "Reset timeout for adaptive
-                         skipping".
-                         The valid range is 10...600.
-
-  Reset timeout for adaptive skipping (s) = 3
-                         Defines the number of seconds after which pressing the
-                         '1' or '3' key falls back to the "Initial duration for adaptive
-                         skipping".
-                         The valid range is 0...10. Setting the timeout to 0 disables
-                         the adaptive mode and makes '1' and '3' always skip the number
-                         of seconds configured as the initial duration.
-
-  Alternate behavior for adaptive skipping = no
-                         When skipping in adaptive mode with the '1' and '3' keys, the
-                         distance of the skip is halved with every key press after the
-                         first change of direction. While this allows for locating a
-                         particular position in a recording very fast, once you make
-                         one step too many in the current direction you have no chance
-                         of ever reaching the desired point any more. You will have to
-                         wait for the timeout to occur and start adaptive skipping anew.
-                         If this option is set to 'yes', the skip distance will only be
-                         halved if the direction actually changes. That way, even if
-                         you missed the target point, you can still back up to it.
-
-  Use Prev/Next keys for adaptive skipping = no
-                         Normally the Prev/Next keys jump between editing marks (or
-                         the beginning/end of the recording). You can set this option
-                         to 'yes' if you want to use these keys for adaptive skipping
-                         instead.
-
-  Skip distance with Green/Yellow keys (s) = 60
-                         Defines the number of seconds to skip in either direction
-                         when pressing the "Green" or "Yellow" key, respectively.
-                         The valid range is 5...600.
-
-  Skip distance with Green/Yellow keys in repeat (s) = 60
-                         Defines the number of seconds to skip in either direction
-                         when pressing and holding the "Green" or "Yellow" key,
-                         respectively.
-                         The valid range is 5...600.
-
   Resume ID = 0          Defines an additional ID that can be used in a multi user
                          environment, so that every user has his/her own resume
                          files for each recording. The valid range is 0...99, with
@@ -1241,23 +919,6 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          connection after which the connection is automatically
                          closed. Default is 300, a value of 0 means no timeout.
 
-  SVDRP peering = off    Activates automatic connections between VDRs in the same
-                         network. If set to "any hosts" this VDR will establish
-                         connections with any available hosts. If set to "only
-                         default host" this VDR will only connect to the VDR with
-                         the name defined in "SVDRP default host". If no default
-                         host has been defined, the behavior is the same as with
-                         "any hosts". To switch from "off" to "only default host",
-                         you may need to select "any hosts" first and confirm the
-                         dialog by pressing "Ok" in order to be able to select a
-                         default host.
-
-  SVDRP host name        The name of this VDR, which is used when connecting VDRs
-                         via SVDRP. By default, the machine's host name is used.
-
-  SVDRP default host     The name of the VDR to be used by default when creating a
-                         new timer.
-
   Zap timeout = 3        The time (in seconds) until a channel counts as "previous"
                          for switching with '0'
 
@@ -1280,7 +941,7 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          The time (in milliseconds) between two subsequent key
                          presses generated by the remote control's repeat function.
                          If the remote control in use has a repeat delta that is
-                         longer than that given in this parameter, that longer delta
+                         longer than that given in this parameter, that longer delay
                          will prevail.
   Initial channel =      The channel ID of the channel that shall be tuned to when
                          VDR starts. Default is empty, which means that it will
@@ -1291,27 +952,15 @@ VDR version 2.6.6 added '/' to this list.
                          VDR was stopped will be used. The valid range is from
                          0 (silent) to 255 (loudest).
 
-  Volume steps = 51      The number of steps the volume will use when moving from
-                         the lowest to the highest value. The valid range is from
-                         5 to 255.
-
-  Volume linearize = 0   How to linearize the volume control. The valid range is
-                         from -20 to 20. A value of 0 results in no linearization.
-                         The higher this value is, the more fine grained the control
-                         of the volume is for low sound levels. Lower values do the
-                         same for high sound levels. This allows you to adjust the
-                         more or less linear volume control of your sound card.
-
   Channels wrap = no     During zapping with the "Up" and "Down" keys (or the
                          "Channel+" and "Channel-" keys) the current channel will
                          wrap around the beginning or end of the channel list if
                          this parameter is set to 'yes'.
 
-  Show channel names with source = off
+  Show channel names with source = no
                          If this option is turned on, channel names will be displayed
-                         with the source appended to them, as in "ZDF (S)" (if the
-                         option is set to "type), or "ZDF (S19.2E)" (if it is set to
-                         "full"), where 'S' stands for "Satellite".
+                         with the source appended to them, as in "ZDF (S)", where
+                         'S' stands for "Satellite".
 
   Emergency exit = yes   If, for some reason, a recording fails because the video
                          data stream is broken, or the CAM doesn't decrypt etc.,

Make.config.template

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 # See the main source file 'vdr.c' for copyright information and
 # how to reach the author.
 #
-# $Id: Make.config.template 5.2 2024/10/11 14:21:04 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Make.config.template 2.19 2013/02/18 10:55:39 kls Exp $
 
 ### The C compiler and options:
 
@@ -16,12 +16,6 @@ CFLAGS   = -g -O3 -Wall
 CXX      = g++
 CXXFLAGS = -g -O3 -Wall -Werror=overloaded-virtual -Wno-parentheses
 
-# Use 'make DEBUG=1 ...' to build a debug version of VDR and plugins:
-ifdef DEBUG
-CFLAGS   += -O0
-CXXFLAGS += -O0
-endif
-
 # Use 'make M32=1 ...' to build a 32-bit version of VDR on a 64-bit machine:
 ifdef M32
 CFLAGS   += -m32
@@ -33,19 +27,17 @@ endif
 # Default directories (adjust as necessary or desired):
 
 #PREFIX    = /usr/local
-#VDRROOT   = $(PREFIX)
-#BINDIR    = $(VDRROOT)/bin
-#INCDIR    = $(VDRROOT)/include
-#LIBDIR    = $(VDRROOT)/lib
-#LOCDIR    = $(VDRROOT)/locale
-#MANDIR    = $(VDRROOT)/man
-#PCDIR     = $(VDRROOT)/pkgconfig
-#RESDIR    = $(VDRROOT)/share
-#DVBDIR    = /usr/include
+#BINDIR    = $(PREFIX)/bin
+#INCDIR    = $(PREFIX)/include
+#LIBDIR    = $(PREFIX)/lib/vdr
+#LOCDIR    = $(PREFIX)/share/locale
+#MANDIR    = $(PREFIX)/share/man
+#PCDIR     = $(PREFIX)/lib/pkgconfig
+#RESDIR    = $(PREFIX)/share/vdr
+#DVBDIR    = /usr/src/v4l-dvb/linux/include/uapi
 
 #VIDEODIR  = /srv/vdr/video
 #CONFDIR   = /var/lib/vdr
-#ARGSDIR   = /etc/vdr/conf.d
 #CACHEDIR  = /var/cache/vdr
 
 # Overrides for preset/legacy configurations:
@@ -65,7 +57,6 @@ ifdef ONEDIR
 VIDEODIR     = /video
 CACHEDIR     = $(VIDEODIR)
 CONFDIR      = $(VIDEODIR)
-ARGSDIR      = $(VIDEODIR)/conf.d
 RESDIR       = $(VIDEODIR)
 endif
 
@@ -74,25 +65,12 @@ endif
 #PLGCFG = $(CONFDIR)/plugins.mk
 
 ### The remote control:
+
 LIRC_DEVICE = /var/run/lirc/lircd
-### Use this for kernel based driver:
-#LIRC_DEVICE = /dev/lirc0
-
-### Define if you always want to use LIRC, independent of the --lirc option:
-#REMOTE=LIRC
-
-### Define if you don't want keyboard remote control:
-#NO_KBD = 1
 
 ### Define if you want vdr to not run as root:
 #VDR_USER = vdr
 
-### Define if you want to compile in 'bidi' support:
-#BIDI = 1
-
-### Define if you want 'systemd' notification:
-#SDNOTIFY = 1
-
 ### Fallback for plugins with old makefiles:
 ifdef PLUGIN
 CFLAGS   += -fPIC

Makefile

@@ -4,26 +4,23 @@
 # See the main source file 'vdr.c' for copyright information and
 # how to reach the author.
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 5.4 2024/10/21 19:01:16 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.54 2013/03/11 15:01:01 kls Exp $
 
 .DELETE_ON_ERROR:
 
 # Compiler flags:
 
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-
 CC       ?= gcc
 CFLAGS   ?= -g -O3 -Wall
 
 CXX      ?= g++
 CXXFLAGS ?= -g -O3 -Wall -Werror=overloaded-virtual -Wno-parentheses
-CXXFLAGS += $(CPPFLAGS)
 
 CDEFINES  = -D_GNU_SOURCE
 CDEFINES += -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
 
-LIBS      = -ljpeg -lpthread -ldl -lcap -lrt $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --libs freetype2 fontconfig)
-INCLUDES ?= $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags freetype2 fontconfig)
+LIBS      = -ljpeg -lpthread -ldl -lcap -lrt $(shell pkg-config --libs freetype2 fontconfig)
+INCLUDES ?= $(shell pkg-config --cflags freetype2 fontconfig)
 
 # Directories:
 
@@ -31,29 +28,19 @@ CWD       ?= $(shell pwd)
 LSIDIR    ?= $(CWD)/libsi
 PLUGINDIR ?= $(CWD)/PLUGINS
 
-# Failsafe defaults for "make LCLBLD=1":
-ifdef LCLBLD
-DESTDIR   ?= $(CWD)
-LOCDIR    ?= $(CWD)/locale
-HDRDIR    ?= $(CWD)/include
-LIBDIR    ?= $(PLUGINDIR)/lib
-endif
-
 DESTDIR   ?=
 VIDEODIR  ?= /srv/vdr/video
 CONFDIR   ?= /var/lib/vdr
-ARGSDIR   ?= /etc/vdr/conf.d
 CACHEDIR  ?= /var/cache/vdr
 
 PREFIX    ?= /usr/local
-VDRROOT   ?= $(PREFIX)
-BINDIR    ?= $(VDRROOT)/bin
-INCDIR    ?= $(VDRROOT)/include
-LIBDIR    ?= $(VDRROOT)/lib/vdr
-LOCDIR    ?= $(VDRROOT)/share/locale
-MANDIR    ?= $(VDRROOT)/share/man
-PCDIR     ?= $(VDRROOT)/lib/pkgconfig
-RESDIR    ?= $(VDRROOT)/share/vdr
+BINDIR    ?= $(PREFIX)/bin
+INCDIR    ?= $(PREFIX)/include
+LIBDIR    ?= $(PREFIX)/lib/vdr
+LOCDIR    ?= $(PREFIX)/share/locale
+MANDIR    ?= $(PREFIX)/share/man
+PCDIR     ?= $(PREFIX)/lib/pkgconfig
+RESDIR    ?= $(PREFIX)/share/vdr
 
 # Source documentation
 
@@ -64,15 +51,6 @@ DOXYFILE  = Doxyfile
 
 -include Make.config
 
-# Output control
-
-ifdef VERBOSE
-Q =
-else
-Q = @
-endif
-export Q
-
 # Mandatory compiler flags:
 
 CFLAGS   += -fPIC
@@ -88,9 +66,9 @@ endif
 
 SILIB    = $(LSIDIR)/libsi.a
 
-OBJS = args.o audio.o channels.o ci.o config.o cutter.o device.o diseqc.o dvbdevice.o dvbci.o\
+OBJS = audio.o channels.o ci.o config.o cutter.o device.o diseqc.o dvbdevice.o dvbci.o\
        dvbplayer.o dvbspu.o dvbsubtitle.o eit.o eitscan.o epg.o filter.o font.o i18n.o interface.o keys.o\
-       lirc.o menu.o menuitems.o mtd.o nit.o osdbase.o osd.o pat.o player.o plugin.o positioner.o\
+       lirc.o menu.o menuitems.o nit.o osdbase.o osd.o pat.o player.o plugin.o\
        receiver.o recorder.o recording.o remote.o remux.o ringbuffer.o sdt.o sections.o shutdown.o\
        skinclassic.o skinlcars.o skins.o skinsttng.o sourceparams.o sources.o spu.o status.o svdrp.o themes.o thread.o\
        timers.o tools.o transfer.o vdr.o videodir.o
@@ -111,14 +89,9 @@ ifdef VDR_USER
 DEFINES += -DVDR_USER=\"$(VDR_USER)\"
 endif
 ifdef BIDI
-INCLUDES += $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags fribidi)
+INCLUDES += $(shell pkg-config --cflags fribidi)
 DEFINES += -DBIDI
-LIBS += $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --libs fribidi)
-endif
-ifdef SDNOTIFY
-INCLUDES += $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --silence-errors --cflags libsystemd-daemon || $(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags libsystemd)
-DEFINES += -DSDNOTIFY
-LIBS += $(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --silence-errors --libs libsystemd-daemon || $(PKG_CONFIG) --libs libsystemd)
+LIBS += $(shell pkg-config --libs fribidi)
 endif
 
 LIRC_DEVICE ?= /var/run/lirc/lircd
@@ -126,7 +99,6 @@ LIRC_DEVICE ?= /var/run/lirc/lircd
 DEFINES += -DLIRC_DEVICE=\"$(LIRC_DEVICE)\"
 DEFINES += -DVIDEODIR=\"$(VIDEODIR)\"
 DEFINES += -DCONFDIR=\"$(CONFDIR)\"
-DEFINES += -DARGSDIR=\"$(ARGSDIR)\"
 DEFINES += -DCACHEDIR=\"$(CACHEDIR)\"
 DEFINES += -DRESDIR=\"$(RESDIR)\"
 DEFINES += -DPLUGINDIR=\"$(LIBDIR)\"
@@ -142,8 +114,7 @@ all: vdr i18n plugins
 # Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 # Dependencies:
 
@@ -157,26 +128,21 @@ $(DEPFILE): Makefile
 # The main program:
 
 vdr: $(OBJS) $(SILIB)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -rdynamic $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS) $(LIBS) $(SILIB) -o vdr
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -rdynamic $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJS) $(LIBS) $(SILIB) -o vdr
 
 # The libsi library:
 
-$(SILIB): make-libsi
-	@$(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C $(LSIDIR) CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS)" DEFINES="$(CDEFINES)" all
-make-libsi: # empty rule makes sure the sub-make for libsi is always called
+$(SILIB):
+	$(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C $(LSIDIR) CXXFLAGS="$(CXXFLAGS)" DEFINES="$(CDEFINES)" all
 
 # pkg-config file:
 
 .PHONY: vdr.pc
 vdr.pc:
-	@echo "vdrrootdir=$(VDRROOT)" > $@
-	@echo "bindir=$(BINDIR)" >> $@
-	@echo "incdir=$(INCDIR)" >> $@
+	@echo "bindir=$(BINDIR)" > $@
 	@echo "mandir=$(MANDIR)" >> $@
-	@echo "videodir=$(VIDEODIR)" >> $@
 	@echo "configdir=$(CONFDIR)" >> $@
-	@echo "argsdir=$(ARGSDIR)" >> $@
+	@echo "videodir=$(VIDEODIR)" >> $@
 	@echo "cachedir=$(CACHEDIR)" >> $@
 	@echo "resdir=$(RESDIR)" >> $@
 	@echo "libdir=$(LIBDIR)" >> $@
@@ -188,7 +154,7 @@ vdr.pc:
 	@echo "" >> $@
 	@echo "Name: VDR" >> $@
 	@echo "Description: Video Disk Recorder" >> $@
-	@echo "URL: https://www.tvdr.de/" >> $@
+	@echo "URL: http://www.tvdr.de/" >> $@
 	@echo "Version: $(VDRVERSION)" >> $@
 	@echo "Cflags: \$${cflags}" >> $@
 
@@ -202,21 +168,17 @@ I18Nmsgs  = $(addprefix $(LOCALEDIR)/, $(addsuffix /LC_MESSAGES/vdr.mo, $(notdir
 I18Npot   = $(PODIR)/vdr.pot
 
 %.mo: %.po
-	@echo MO $@
-	$(Q)msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
+	msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
 
 $(I18Npot): $(wildcard *.c)
-	@echo GT $@
-	$(Q)xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=VDR --package-version=$(VDRVERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<vdr-bugs@tvdr.de>' -o $@ `ls $^`
+	xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=VDR --package-version=$(VDRVERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<vdr-bugs@tvdr.de>' -o $@ `ls $^`
 
 %.po: $(I18Npot)
-	@echo PO $@
-	$(Q)msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
+	msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
 	@touch $@
 
 $(I18Nmsgs): $(LOCALEDIR)/%/LC_MESSAGES/vdr.mo: $(PODIR)/%.mo
-	@echo IN $@
-	$(Q)install -D -m644 $< $@
+	install -D -m644 $< $@
 
 .PHONY: i18n
 i18n: $(I18Nmsgs)
@@ -258,7 +220,7 @@ plugins: include-dir vdr.pc
 	    INCLUDES="-I$(CWD)/include"\
 	    $(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C "$(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i" VDRDIR="$(CWD)" || failed="$$failed $$i";\
 	    if [ -n "$(LCLBLD)" ] ; then\
-	       (cd $(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i; for l in `find -name "libvdr-*.so" -o -name "lib$$i-*.so"`; do install -D $$l $(LIBDIR)/`basename $$l`.$(APIVERSION); done);\
+	       (cd $(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i; for l in `find -name 'libvdr-*.so' -o -name 'lib$$i-*.so'`; do install $$l $(LIBDIR)/`basename $$l`.$(APIVERSION); done);\
 	       if [ -d $(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i/po ]; then\
 	          for l in `ls $(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i/po/*.mo`; do\
 	              install -D -m644 $$l $(LOCDIR)/`basename $$l | cut -d. -f1`/LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$$i.mo;\
@@ -279,13 +241,13 @@ plugins: include-dir vdr.pc
 	   fi;\
 	if [ -n "$$failed" ] ; then echo; echo "*** failed plugins:$$failed"; echo; exit 1; fi
 
-clean-plugins: vdr.pc
-	@for i in `ls $(PLUGINDIR)/src | grep -v '[^a-z0-9]'`; do $(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C "$(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i" VDRDIR="$(CWD)" clean; done
+clean-plugins:
+	@for i in `ls $(PLUGINDIR)/src | grep -v '[^a-z0-9]'`; do $(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C "$(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i" clean; done
 	@-rm -f $(PLUGINDIR)/lib/lib*-*.so.$(APIVERSION)
 
 # Install the files (note that 'install-pc' must be first!):
 
-install: install-pc install-bin install-conf install-doc install-plugins install-i18n install-includes
+install: install-pc install-bin install-dirs install-conf install-doc install-plugins install-i18n install-includes
 
 # VDR binary:
 
@@ -298,17 +260,11 @@ install-bin: vdr
 install-dirs:
 	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(VIDEODIR)
 	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(CONFDIR)
-	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(ARGSDIR)
 	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(CACHEDIR)
 	@mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(RESDIR)
 
-install-conf: install-dirs
-	# 'cp -n' may be broken, so let's do it the hard way
-	@for i in *.conf; do\
-	     if ! [ -e $(DESTDIR)$(CONFDIR)/$$i ] ; then\
-	        cp -p $$i $(DESTDIR)$(CONFDIR);\
-	        fi\
-	     done
+install-conf:
+	@cp -pn *.conf $(DESTDIR)$(CONFDIR)
 
 # Documentation:
 
@@ -323,7 +279,6 @@ install-doc:
 
 install-plugins: plugins
 	@-for i in `ls $(PLUGINDIR)/src | grep -v '[^a-z0-9]'`; do\
-	      echo; echo "*** Plugin $$i:";\
 	      $(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C "$(PLUGINDIR)/src/$$i" VDRDIR=$(CWD) DESTDIR=$(DESTDIR) install;\
 	      done
 	@if [ -d $(PLUGINDIR)/lib ] ; then\
@@ -351,7 +306,6 @@ install-pc: vdr.pc
 srcdoc:
 	@cat $(DOXYFILE) > $(DOXYFILE).tmp
 	@echo PROJECT_NUMBER = $(VDRVERSION) >> $(DOXYFILE).tmp
-	@chmod +x $(DOXYFILE).filter
 	$(DOXYGEN) $(DOXYFILE).tmp
 	@rm $(DOXYFILE).tmp
 
@@ -360,7 +314,7 @@ srcdoc:
 clean:
 	@$(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C $(LSIDIR) clean
 	@-rm -f $(OBJS) $(DEPFILE) vdr vdr.pc core* *~
-	@-rm -rf $(LOCALEDIR) $(PODIR)/*~ $(PODIR)/*.mo $(PODIR)/*.pot
+	@-rm -rf $(LOCALEDIR) $(PODIR)/*.mo $(PODIR)/*.pot
 	@-rm -rf include
 	@-rm -rf srcdoc
 CLEAN: clean

PLUGINS.html

@@ -31,11 +31,14 @@ modified {
 <div class="center">
 <h1>The VDR Plugin System</h1>
 
-<b>Version 2.7</b>
+<b>Version 2.0</b>
 <p>
-Copyright &copy; 2021 Klaus Schmidinger<br>
+Copyright &copy; 2013 Klaus Schmidinger<br>
 <a href="mailto:vdr@tvdr.de">vdr@tvdr.de</a><br>
-<a href="https://www.tvdr.de">www.tvdr.de</a>
+<a href="http://www.tvdr.de">www.tvdr.de</a>
+</div>
+<div class="center">
+<modified>Important modifications introduced since version 1.6 are marked like this.</modified>
 </div>
 <p>
 VDR provides an easy to use plugin interface that allows additional functionality
@@ -74,15 +77,15 @@ structures and allows it to hook itself into specific areas to perform special a
 <li><a href="#Main menu entry">Main menu entry</a>
 <li><a href="#User interaction">User interaction</a>
 <li><a href="#Housekeeping">Housekeeping</a>
+<li><a href="#Main thread hook">Main thread hook</a>
 <li><a href="#Activity">Activity</a>
 <li><a href="#Wakeup">Wakeup</a>
 <li><a href="#Setup parameters">Setup parameters</a>
 <li><a href="#The Setup menu">The Setup menu</a>
-<li><a href="#Additional files">Additional files</a>
+<li><modified><a href="#Additional files">Additional files</modified></a>
 <li><a href="#Internationalization">Internationalization</a>
 <li><a href="#Custom services">Custom services</a>
 <li><a href="#SVDRP commands">SVDRP commands</a>
-<li><a href="#Locking">Locking</a>
 <li><a href="#Loading plugins into VDR">Loading plugins into VDR</a>
 <li><a href="#Building the distribution package">Building the distribution package</a>
 </ul>
@@ -96,12 +99,10 @@ structures and allows it to hook itself into specific areas to perform special a
 <li><a href="#Skins">Skins</a>
 <li><a href="#Themes">Themes</a>
 <li><a href="#Devices">Devices</a>
-<li><a href="#Positioners">Positioners</a>
 <li><a href="#Audio">Audio</a>
 <li><a href="#Remote Control">Remote Control</a>
 <li><a href="#Conditional Access">Conditional Access</a>
-<li><a href="#Electronic Program Guide">Electronic Program Guide</a>
-<li><a href="#The video directory">The video directory</a>
+<li><modified><a href="#Electronic Program Guide">Electronic Program Guide</modified></a>
 </ul>
 </ul>
 
@@ -165,26 +166,28 @@ is used:
 VDR/PLUGINS/src
 VDR/PLUGINS/src/hello
 VDR/PLUGINS/lib
-VDR/PLUGINS/lib/libvdr-hello.so.1
+VDR/PLUGINS/lib/libvdr-hello.so.1.1.0
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
 The <tt>src</tt> directory contains one subdirectory for each plugin, which carries
 the name of that plugin (in the above example that would be <tt>hello</tt>).
 What's inside the individual source directory of a
 plugin is entirely up to the author of that plugin. The only prerequisites are
-that there is a <tt>Makefile</tt> that provides the targets <tt>all</tt>, <tt>install</tt> and
+that there is a <tt>Makefile</tt> that provides the targets <tt>all</tt><modified>, <tt>install</tt></modified> and
 <tt>clean</tt>, and that a call to <tt>make all</tt> actually produces a dynamically
 loadable library file for that plugin (we'll get to the details later).
+<modified>
 The dynamically loadable library file for the plugin shall be located directly under
 the plugin's source directory.
 See the section <a href="#Initializing a new plugin directory">Initializing a new plugin directory</a>
 for how to generate an example Makefile.
+</modified>
 <p>
 The <tt>lib</tt> directory contains the dynamically loadable libraries of all
 available plugins. Note that the names of these files are created by concatenating
 <p>
 <table border=2>
-<tr><td align=center><b><tt>libvdr-</tt></b></td><td align=center><b><tt>hello</tt></b></td><td align=center><b><tt>.so.</tt></b></td><td align=center><b><tt>1</tt></b></td></tr>
+<tr><td align=center><b><tt>libvdr-</tt></b></td><td align=center><b><tt>hello</tt></b></td><td align=center><b><tt>.so.</tt></b></td><td align=center><b><tt>1.1.0</tt></b></td></tr>
 <tr><td align=center><small>VDR plugin<br>library prefix</small></td><td align=center><small>name of<br>the plugin</small></td><td align=center><small>shared object<br>indicator</small></td><td align=center><small>API version number<br>this plugin was<br>compiled for</small></td></tr>
 </table>
 <p>
@@ -195,11 +198,6 @@ the current VDR version. That way minor fixes to VDR, that don't require changes
 to the VDR header files, can be made without requiring all plugins to be
 recompiled.
 <p>
-While in earlier versions of VDR the API version number was closely related to the
-VDR version number, starting with VDR version 2.7.2 the API version number was changed
-from a dot separated, three part number to a single integer, completely unrelated to
-the VDR version. This was done to avoid confusion.
-<p>
 The plugin library files can be stored in any directory. If the default organization
 is not used, the path to the plugin directory has be be given to VDR through the
 <b><tt>-L</tt></b> option.
@@ -395,7 +393,13 @@ just like shown in the above example. This is a convention that allows the <tt>M
 to extract the version number when generating the file name for the distribution archive.
 <p>
 A new plugin project should start with version number <tt>0.0.1</tt> and should reach
-version <tt>1.0.0</tt> once it is completely operative and well tested.
+version <tt>1.0.0</tt> once it is completely operative and well tested. Following the
+Linux kernel version numbering scheme, versions with <i>even</i> release numbers
+(like <tt>1.0.x</tt>, <tt>1.2.x</tt>, <tt>1.4.x</tt>...) should be stable releases,
+while those with <i>odd</i> release numbers (like <tt>1.1.x</tt>, <tt>1.3.x</tt>,
+<tt>1.5.x</tt>...) are usually considered "under development". The three parts of
+a version number are not limited to single digits, so a version number of <tt>1.2.15</tt>
+would be acceptable.
 
 <hr><h2><a name="Description">Description</a></h2>
 
@@ -579,31 +583,6 @@ esyslog("pluginname: error #%d has occurred", ErrorNumber);
 
 Note that the log messages will be given as provided, the plugin's name will not
 automatically be added, so make sure your log messages are obvious enough.
-<p>
-Only use the above logging functions for occasional log messages. Do not use
-them unconditionally for frequent messages that produce long sequences of lines
-in the log file every few seconds. That might make it hard to work on other plugins
-or the core VDR code, watching their log entries while they are permanently
-interspersed with unrelated stuff.<br>
-<br>
-The recommended behavior for a plugin that does logging is to implement a command
-line option that controls the level of log messages, preferably '-l N, --log=N',
-where 'N' is in the range 0...3, with 0 meaning no logging whatsoever, 1 log only
-errors, 2 log errors and informational messages, and 3 also log debug information.<br>
-<br>
-If a plugin can output extensive data for special debugging purposes (either to
-the log file or stdout/stderr), this should be enabled by setting proper switches
-in one of its source files (see for example how the communication between VDR and
-CAMs can be monitored in VDR/ci.c).<br>
-<br>
-Under no circumstances must a plugin print anything to stdout or stderr during
-normal operation! The only exceptions being special debug information as described
-above, fatal error messages that will cause VDR to abort, or if it is the sole
-purpose of the plugin to display something on stdout, like for instance the
-<i>skincurses</i> plugin, which displays the OSD at the console.<br>
-<br>
-Please make any log messages in <b>ENGLISH</b>! Logs are usually sent to the developers
-of a program, and they may not be able to read them if they are in an exotic language.
 
 <hr><h2><a name="Main menu entry">Main menu entry</a></h2>
 
@@ -691,6 +670,27 @@ interaction is possible. If a specific action takes longer than a few seconds,
 the plugin should launch a separate thread to do this.
 </b>
 
+<hr><h2><a name="Main thread hook">Main thread hook</a></h2>
+
+<div class="blurb">Pushing in...</div><p>
+
+Normally a plugin only reacts on user input if directly called through its
+<a href="#Main menu entry">main menu entry</a>, or performs some background
+activity in a separate thread. However, sometimes a plugin may need to do
+something in the context of the main program thread, without being explicitly
+called up by the user. In such a case it can implement the function
+
+<p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
+virtual void MainThreadHook(void);
+</pre></td></tr></table><p>
+
+in which it can do this. This function is called for every plugin once during
+every cycle of VDR's main program loop, which typically happens once every
+second.
+<b>Be very careful when using this function, and make sure you return from it
+as soon as possible! If you spend too much time in this function, the user
+interface performance will become sluggish!</b>
+
 <hr><h2><a name="Activity">Activity</a></h2>
 
 <div class="blurb">Now is not a good time!</div><p>
@@ -891,51 +891,70 @@ You can first assign the temporary values to the global variables and then do th
 your setup parameters and use that one to copy all parameters with one single statement
 (like VDR does with its cSetup class).
 
-<hr><h2><a name="Additional files">Additional files</a></h2>
+<hr><h2><modified><a name="Additional files">Additional files</a></modified></h2>
 
 <div class="blurb">I want my own stuff!</div><p>
 
+<modified>
 There may be situations where a plugin requires files of its own. While the plugin is
 free to store such files anywhere it sees fit, it might be a good idea to put them in a common
 place, preferably where such data already exists.
+</modified>
 <p>
+<modified>
 <i>configuration files</i>, maybe for data that can't be stored in the simple
 <a href="#Setup parameters">setup parameters</a> of VDR, or maybe because it needs to
 launch other programs that simply need a separate configuration file.
+</modified>
 <p>
+<modified>
 <i>cache files</i>, to store data so that future requests for that data can be served faster. The data
 that is stored within a cache might be values that have been computed earlier or duplicates of
 original values that are stored elsewhere.
+</modified>
 <p>
+<modified>
 <i>resource files</i>, for providing additional files, like pictures, movie clips or channel logos.
+</modified>
 <p>
+<modified>
 Therefore VDR provides the functions
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
+<modified>
 const char *ConfigDirectory(const char *PluginName = NULL);
 const char *CacheDirectory(const char *PluginName = NULL);
 const char *ResourceDirectory(const char *PluginName = NULL);
+</modified>
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
+<modified>
 each of which returns a string containing the directory that VDR uses for its own
 files (defined through the options in the call to VDR), extended by
+</modified>
 <tt>"/plugins"</tt>. So assuming the VDR configuration directory is <tt>/video</tt>
 (the default if no <tt><b>-c</b></tt> or <tt><b>-v</b></tt> option is given),
 a call to <tt>ConfigDirectory()</tt> will return <tt>/video/plugins</tt>. The first
 call to <tt>ConfigDirectory()</tt> will automatically make sure that the <tt>plugins</tt>
 subdirectory will exist. If, for some reason, this cannot be achieved, <tt>NULL</tt>
 will be returned.
+<modified>
 The behavior of <tt>CacheDirectory()</tt> and <tt>ResourceDirectory()</tt> is similar.
+</modified>
 <p>
 The additional <tt>plugins</tt> directory is used to keep files from plugins apart
 from those of VDR itself, making sure there will be no name clashes. If a plugin
+<modified>
 needs only one extra file, it is suggested that this file be named <tt>name.*</tt>,
 where <i>name</i> shall be the name of the plugin.
+</modified>
 <p>
 If a plugin needs more than one such file, it is suggested that the plugin stores
 these in a subdirectory of its own, named after the plugin. To easily get such a name
+<modified>
 the functions can be given an additional string that will be appended to the returned
 directory name, as in
+</modified>
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
 const char *MyConfigDir = ConfigDirectory(Name());
@@ -946,12 +965,16 @@ plugin's name. Again, VDR will make sure that the requested directory will exist
 (or return <tt>NULL</tt> in case of an error).
 <p>
 <b>
+<modified>
 The returned strings are statically allocated and will be overwritten by subsequent calls!
+</modified>
 </b>
 <p>
+<modified>
 The <tt>ConfigDirectory()</tt>, <tt>CacheDirectory()</tt> and <tt>ResourceDirectory()</tt>
 functions are static member functions of the <tt>cPlugin</tt> class. This allows them to be
 called even from outside any member function of the derived plugin class, by writing
+</modified>
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
 const char *MyConfigDir = cPlugin::ConfigDirectory();
@@ -1161,60 +1184,6 @@ The returned string may consist of several lines, separated by the newline chara
 ('<tt>\n</tt>'). Each of these lines will be preceded with the <tt>ReplyCode</tt>
 when presenting them to the caller, and the continuation character ('<tt>-</tt>')
 will be set for all but the last one.
-<p>
-<b>The SVDRP functions are called from the separate "SVDRP server handler" thread.
-Therefore the plugin needs to take care of proper <a href="#Locking">locking</a> if it accesses any
-global data.</b>
-
-<hr><h2><a name="Locking">Locking</a></h2>
-
-<div class="blurb">U can't touch this</div><p>
-
-When accessing global data structures, proper locking is absolutely necessary.
-<p>
-There are several macros that allow for easy locking and unlocking. They all
-follow the naming convention <tt>LOCK_*_READ|WRITE</tt>, where <tt>'*'</tt> is the name
-of the global data structure, which can be one of <tt>TIMERS</tt>, <tt>CHANNELS</tt>,
-<tt>RECORDINGS</tt> or <tt>SCHEDULES</tt>. To implicitly avoid deadlocks in case you
-need to lock more than one structure, always make sure you use these macros in
-this sequence!
-<p>
-Using one of these macros sets a lock on the structure, creates a local pointer to the
-respective structure and makes sure the lock is released at the end of the current
-block:
-
-<p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
-if (some condition) {
-   LOCK_TIMERS_READ; // creates local const cTimers *Timers
-   for (const cTimer *Timer = Timers-&gt;First(); Timer; Timer = Timers-&gt;Next(Timer)) {
-       // do something with Timer
-       }
-   }
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>
-
-Note the naming convention: TIMERS -&gt; Timers etc.
-<p>
-The <tt>LOCK_*_READ</tt> macros create pointers that are '<tt>const</tt>', while
-the <tt>LOCK_*_WRITE</tt> macros allow modifications to the data structures.
-Both wait indefinitely to obtain the lock. However, if <tt>LOCK_*_WRITE</tt> is
-used twice in the same block, the second call will not obtain a lock and
-immediately return <tt>NULL</tt>, which may lead to a crash. In such cases a
-warning and backtrace is logged.
-<p>
-You may keep pointers to objects in such lists, even after releasing
-the lock. However, you may only access such objects if you are
-holding a proper lock again. If an object has been deleted from the list
-while you did not hold a lock (for instance by an other thread), the
-object will still be there, but no longer within this list (it is then
-stored in the ListGarbageCollector for a few seconds). That way even if you
-access the object after it has been deleted, you won't cause a segfault.
-You can call the Contains() function to check whether an object you are
-holding a pointer to is still in the list. Note that the garbage collector
-is purged when the usual housekeeping is done.
-<p>
-See tools.h, class <tt>cListBase</tt> for more documentation and information on how
-to use locking with timeouts, and thread.h, classes <tt>cStateLock</tt> and
-<tt>cStateKey</tt> on how to easily react to changes in such lists.
 
 <hr><h2><a name="Loading plugins into VDR">Loading plugins into VDR</a></h2>
 
@@ -1296,10 +1265,10 @@ If a plugin wants to get informed on various events in VDR, it can derive a clas
 
 class cMyStatusMonitor : public cStatus {
 protected:
-  virtual void ChannelSwitch(const cDevice *Device, int ChannelNumber, bool LiveView);
+  virtual void ChannelSwitch(const cDevice *Device, int ChannelNumber<modified>, bool LiveView</modified>);
   };
 
-void cMyStatusMonitor::ChannelSwitch(const cDevice *Device, int ChannelNumber, bool LiveView)
+void cMyStatusMonitor::ChannelSwitch(const cDevice *Device, int ChannelNumber<modified>, bool LiveView</modified>)
 {
   if (ChannelNumber)
      dsyslog("channel switched to %d on DVB %d", ChannelNumber, Device-&gt;CardIndex());
@@ -1556,11 +1525,13 @@ public:
   cMyReceiver(int Pid);
   };
 
+<modified>
 cMyReceiver::cMyReceiver(int Pid)
 :cReceiver(NULL, -1)
 {
   AddPid(Pid);
 }
+</modified>
 
 cMyReceiver::~cMyReceiver()
 {
@@ -1586,7 +1557,7 @@ The above example sets up a receiver that wants to receive data from only one
 PID (for example the Teletext PID). In order to not interfere with other recording
 operations, it sets its priority to <tt>-1</tt> (any negative value will allow
 a <tt>cReceiver</tt> to be detached from its <tt>cDevice</tt> at any time
-in favor of a timer recording or live viewing).
+<modified>in favor of a timer recording or live viewing</modified>).
 <p>
 Once a <tt>cReceiver</tt> has been created, it needs to be <i>attached</i> to
 a <tt>cDevice</tt>:
@@ -1602,7 +1573,9 @@ the receiver is attached to the device that actually receives the current live
 video stream (this may be different from the primary device in case of <i>Transfer
 Mode</i>).
 <p>
+<modified>
 The <tt>cReceiver</tt> must be detached from its device before it is deleted.
+</modified>
 
 <hr><h2><a name="Filters">Filters</a></h2>
 
@@ -1731,7 +1704,7 @@ restricts this to a <tt>cOsdObject</tt> returned from the plugin's <tt>MainMenuA
 function, or any of the skin classes a plugin might implement.
 <p>
 If a plugin runs a separate thread and wants to issue a message directly from
-within that thread, it can call
+within that tread, it can call
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
 int cSkins::QueueMessage(eMessageType Type, const char *s, int Seconds = 0, int Timeout = 0);
@@ -1880,7 +1853,7 @@ If the new device can receive, it most likely needs to provide a way of
 selecting which channel it shall tune to:
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
-virtual int NumProvidedSystems(void) const;
+<modified>virtual int NumProvidedSystems(void) const;</modified>
 virtual bool ProvidesSource(int Source) const;
 virtual bool ProvidesTransponder(const cChannel *Channel) const;
 virtual bool ProvidesChannel(const cChannel *Channel, int Priority = -1, bool *NeedsDetachReceivers = NULL) const;
@@ -1929,9 +1902,9 @@ virtual bool HasDecoder(void) const;
 virtual bool CanReplay(void) const;
 virtual bool SetPlayMode(ePlayMode PlayMode);
 virtual int64_t GetSTC(void);
-virtual bool IsPlayingVideo(void) const;
+<modified>virtual bool IsPlayingVideo(void) const;</modified>
 virtual bool HasIBPTrickSpeed(void);
-virtual void TrickSpeed(int Speed, bool Forward);
+virtual void TrickSpeed(int Speed);
 virtual void Clear(void);
 virtual void Play(void);
 virtual void Freeze(void);
@@ -1958,7 +1931,7 @@ the functions
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
 virtual int OpenFilter(u_short Pid, u_char Tid, u_char Mask);
-virtual int ReadFilter(int Handle, void *Buffer, size_t Length);
+<modified>virtual int ReadFilter(int Handle, void *Buffer, size_t Length);</modified>
 virtual void CloseFilter(int Handle);
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
@@ -2014,6 +1987,7 @@ user - whether this goes through OSD facilities of the physical device (like
 a "full featured" DVB card) or through a graphics adapter that overlays its
 output with the video signal, doesn't matter.
 <p>
+<div class="modified">
 In order to be able to determine the proper size of the OSD, the device
 should implement the function
 
@@ -2022,6 +1996,7 @@ virtual void GetOsdSize(int &amp;Width, int &amp;Height, double &amp;Aspect);
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
 By default, an OSD size of 720x480 with an aspect ratio of 1.0 is assumed.
+</div modified>
 
 <p>
 <b>Initializing new devices</b>
@@ -2042,13 +2017,14 @@ Nothing needs to be done to shut down the devices. VDR will automatically
 shut down (delete) all devices when the program terminates. It is therefore
 important that the devices are created on the heap, using the <tt>new</tt>
 operator!
+
+<div class="modified">
 <p>
 <b>Device hooks</b>
 <p>
 VDR has builtin facilities that select which device is able to provide a given
-transponder, or, which device may provide EIT data. However, there may be
-situations where the setup is so special that it requires considerations that
-exceed the scope of the core VDR code.
+transponder. However, there may be situations where the setup is so special
+that it requires considerations that exceed the scope of the core VDR code.
 This is where <i>device hooks</i> can be used.
 
 <p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
@@ -2056,7 +2032,6 @@ class cMyDeviceHook : public cDeviceHook {
 public:
   cMyDeviceHook(void);
   virtual bool DeviceProvidesTransponder(const cDevice *Device, const cChannel *Channel) const;
-  virtual bool DeviceProvidesEIT(const cDevice *Device) const;
   };
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
@@ -2073,19 +2048,6 @@ bool cMyDeviceHook::DeviceProvidesTransponder(const cDevice *Device, const cChan
 }
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
-In its <tt>DeviceProvidesEIT()</tt> function the device hook can take
-whatever actions are necessary to determine whether the given Device can
-provide EIT data, as in
-
-<p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
-bool cMyDeviceHook::DeviceProvidesEIT(const cDevice *Device) const
-{
-  if (<i>condition where Device can't provide EIT data</i>)
-     return false;
-  return true;
-}
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>
-
 A plugin that creates a derived cDeviceHook shall do so in its <tt>Initialize()</tt>
 function, as in
 
@@ -2094,56 +2056,7 @@ new cMyDeviceHook;
 </pre></td></tr></table><p>
 
 and shall not delete this object. It will be automatically deleted when the program ends.
-<p>
-<b>Power management</b>
-<p>
-A device that can be put into a power save mode can implement the function
-
-<p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
-virtual void SetPowerSaveMode(bool On);
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>
-
-If On is true, power save mode shall be activated, if it is false,
-normal operating mode shall be restored.
-
-<hr><h2><a name="Positioners">Positioners</a></h2>
-
-<div class="blurb">Now you see me - now you don't!</div><p>
-
-If you are using a positioner (also known as "motor" or "rotor") to move your
-satellite dish to receive various satellites, you will be using the 'P' command
-in the <tt>diseqc.conf</tt> file. This command sends the necessary data to the
-positioner to move the dish to the satellite's orbital position. By default VDR
-uses its builtin DiSEqC positioner control. If your positioner requires a different
-method of controlling (like maybe via a serial link), you can derive a class
-from <tt>cPositioner</tt>, as in
-
-<p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
-#include &lt;vdr/positioner.h&gt;
-
-class cMyPositioner : public cPositioner {
-public:
-  cMyPositioner(void);
-  virtual void Drive(ePositionerDirection Direction);
-  virtual void Step(ePositionerDirection Direction, uint Steps = 1);
-  virtual void Halt(void);
-  virtual void SetLimit(ePositionerDirection Direction);
-  virtual void DisableLimits(void);
-  virtual void EnableLimits(void);
-  virtual void StorePosition(uint Number);
-  virtual void RecalcPositions(uint Number);
-  virtual void GotoPosition(uint Number, int Longitude);
-  virtual void GotoAngle(int Longitude);
-  };
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>
-
-See the implementation of <tt>cDiseqcPositioner</tt> in <tt>diseqc.c</tt> for details.
-<p>
-You should create your derived positioner object in the
-<a href="#Getting started"><tt>Start()</tt></a> function of your plugin.
-Note that the object has to be created on the heap (using <tt>new</tt>),
-and you shall not delete it at any point (it will be deleted automatically
-when the program ends).
+</div modified>
 
 <hr><h2><a name="Audio">Audio</a></h2>
 
@@ -2309,10 +2222,12 @@ Put(uint64 Code, bool Repeat = false, bool Release = false);
 
 The other parameters have the same meaning as in the first version of this function.
 <p>
+<modified>
 If your remote control has a repeat function that automatically repeats key events
 if a key is held pressed down for a while, your derived class should use the global
 parameters <tt>Setup.RcRepeatDelay</tt> and <tt>Setup.RcRepeatDelta</tt> to allow
 users to configure the behavior of this function.
+</modified>
 
 <hr><h2><a name="Conditional Access">Conditional Access</a></h2>
 
@@ -2349,6 +2264,7 @@ virtual bool Assign(cDevice *Device, bool Query = false);
 
 See the description of this function in <tt>ci.h</tt> for details.
 
+<div class="modified">
 <hr><h2><a name="Electronic Program Guide">Electronic Program Guide</a></h2>
 
 <div class="blurb">The grass is always greener on the other side...</div><p>
@@ -2378,40 +2294,7 @@ where <tt>DescriptionFromDatabase()</tt> would derive the description of the
 to signal VDR that no other EPG handlers shall be queried after this one.
 <p>
 See <tt>VDR/epg.h</tt> for details.
-
-<hr><h2><a name="The video directory">The video directory</a></h2>
-
-<div class="blurb">Bits and pieces...</div><p>
-
-By default VDR assumes that the video directory consists of one large
-volume, on which it can store its recordings. If you want to distribute your
-recordings over several physical drives, you can derive from <tt>cVideoDirectory</tt>,
-as in
-
-<p><table><tr><td class="code"><pre>
-#include &lt;vdr/videodir.h&gt;
-
-class cMyVideoDirectory : public cVideoDirectory {
-public:
-  cMyVideoDirectory(void);
-  virtual ~cMyVideoDirectory();
-  virtual int FreeMB(int *UsedMB = NULL);
-  virtual bool Register(const char *FileName);
-  virtual bool Rename(const char *OldName, const char *NewName);
-  virtual bool Move(const char *FromName, const char *ToName);
-  virtual bool Remove(const char *Name);
-  virtual void Cleanup(const char *IgnoreFiles[] = NULL);
-  virtual bool Contains(const char *Name);
-  };
-</pre></td></tr></table><p>
-
-See the description in <tt>videodir.h</tt> for details.
-<p>
-You should create your derived video directory object in the
-<a href="#Getting started"><tt>Start()</tt></a> function of your plugin.
-Note that the object has to be created on the heap (using <tt>new</tt>),
-and you shall not delete it at any point (it will be deleted automatically
-when the program ends).
+</div modified>
 
 </body>
 </html>

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/HISTORY

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+VDR Plugin 'dvbsddevice' Revision History
+-----------------------------------------
+
+2009-12-28: Version 0.0.1
+
+- Initial revision.
+
+2010-01-04: Version 0.0.2
+
+- Calling the MakePrimaryDevice() function of the base class to allow
+  the cDevice to stop displaying subtitles.
+- Added support for DVB cards with multiple fontends.
+
+2010-01-30: Version 0.0.3
+
+- The PCR pid is now recorded for channels where this is different from the
+  video PID.
+
+2011-04-17: Version 0.0.4
+
+- Removed an obsolete local variable in dvbsdffosd.c (thanks to Paul Menzel).
+
+2011-08-27: Version 0.0.5
+
+- Added option --outputonly to use the device only for output (thanks to Udo Richter).
+
+2012-03-07: Version 0.0.6
+
+- Removed the call to EITScanner.UsesDevice(this) from dvbsddevice.c, because
+  the code following these calls is only executed if LiveView is true, which is
+  never the case when the EITScanner switches to a channel.
+
+2012-12-27: Version 0.0.7
+
+- Adapted Makefile to changes introduced in recent VDR versions.
+
+2013-01-12: Version 0.0.8
+
+- Adapted Makefile to changes introduced in recent VDR versions.
+
+2013-01-25: Version 0.0.9
+
+- Returning 0 from cDvbSdFfDevice::NumProvidedSystems() if option --outputonly is given.
+
+2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
+
+- Official release.
+
+2013-08-22: Version 2.0.1
+
+- Fixed handling the -o option (short form of --outputonly; problem reported by
+  Mario Edelmann).

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+# Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
+#
+# $Id: Makefile 1.20 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
+
+# The official name of this plugin.
+# This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
+# By default the main source file also carries this name.
+
+PLUGIN = dvbsddevice
+
+### The version number of this plugin (taken from the main source file):
+
+VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ print $$6 }' | sed -e 's/[";]//g')
+
+### The directory environment:
+
+# Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
+LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
+PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
+#
+TMPDIR ?= /tmp
+
+### The compiler options:
+
+export CFLAGS   = $(call PKGCFG,cflags)
+export CXXFLAGS = $(call PKGCFG,cxxflags)
+
+### The version number of VDR's plugin API:
+
+APIVERSION = $(call PKGCFG,apiversion)
+
+### Allow user defined options to overwrite defaults:
+
+-include $(PLGCFG)
+
+### The name of the distribution archive:
+
+ARCHIVE = $(PLUGIN)-$(VERSION)
+PACKAGE = vdr-$(ARCHIVE)
+
+### The name of the shared object file:
+
+SOFILE = libvdr-$(PLUGIN).so
+
+### Includes and Defines (add further entries here):
+
+INCLUDES +=
+
+DEFINES += -DPLUGIN_NAME_I18N='"$(PLUGIN)"'
+
+### The object files (add further files here):
+
+OBJS = $(PLUGIN).o dvbsdffdevice.o dvbsdffosd.o
+
+### The main target:
+
+all: $(SOFILE)
+
+### Implicit rules:
+
+%.o: %.c
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+
+### Dependencies:
+
+MAKEDEP = $(CXX) -MM -MG
+DEPFILE = .dependencies
+$(DEPFILE): Makefile
+	@$(MAKEDEP) $(CXXFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(OBJS:%.o=%.c) > $@
+
+-include $(DEPFILE)
+
+### Targets:
+
+$(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+
+install-lib: $(SOFILE)
+	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)
+
+install: install-lib
+
+dist: clean
+	@-rm -rf $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@mkdir $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@cp -a * $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@tar czf $(PACKAGE).tgz -C $(TMPDIR) $(ARCHIVE)
+	@-rm -rf $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@echo Distribution package created as $(PACKAGE).tgz
+
+clean:
+	@-rm -f $(OBJS) $(DEPFILE) *.so *.tgz core* *~

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/README

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
+
+Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <Klaus.Schmidinger@tvdr.de>
+
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
+
+Latest version available at: ftp://ftp.tvdr.de/vdr
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+See the file COPYING for more information.
+
+Description:
+
+The 'dvbsddevice' plugin implements the output device for the
+"Full Featured" DVB cards based on the TechnoTrend/Fujitsu-Siemens
+design. This code was originally part of the core VDR source, and
+was moved into this plugin in VDR version 1.7.11.

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/dvbsddevice.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*
+ * dvbsddevice.c: A plugin for the Video Disk Recorder
+ *
+ * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
+ *
+ * $Id: dvbsddevice.c 1.10.1.1 2013/08/22 08:30:52 kls Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <vdr/plugin.h>
+#include "dvbsdffdevice.h"
+
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.1";
+static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "SD Full Featured DVB device";
+
+class cPluginDvbsddevice : public cPlugin {
+private:
+  cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe *probe;
+public:
+  cPluginDvbsddevice(void);
+  virtual ~cPluginDvbsddevice();
+  virtual const char *Version(void) { return VERSION; }
+  virtual const char *Description(void) { return DESCRIPTION; }
+  virtual const char *CommandLineHelp(void);
+  virtual bool ProcessArgs(int argc, char *argv[]);
+  };
+
+cPluginDvbsddevice::cPluginDvbsddevice(void)
+{
+  probe = new cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe;
+}
+
+cPluginDvbsddevice::~cPluginDvbsddevice()
+{
+  delete probe;
+}
+
+const char *cPluginDvbsddevice::CommandLineHelp(void)
+{
+  return "  -o        --outputonly   do not receive, just use as output device\n";
+}
+
+bool cPluginDvbsddevice::ProcessArgs(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  static struct option long_options[] = {
+       { "outputonly", no_argument, NULL, 'o' },
+       { NULL,         no_argument, NULL,  0  }
+     };
+
+  int c;
+  while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "o", long_options, NULL)) != -1) {
+        switch (c) {
+          case 'o': probe->SetOutputOnly(true);
+                    break;
+          default:  return false;
+          }
+        }
+  return true;
+}
+
+VDRPLUGINCREATOR(cPluginDvbsddevice); // Don't touch this!

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/dvbsdffdevice.c

@@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
+/*
+ * dvbsdffdevice.h: The DVB SD Full Featured device interface
+ *
+ * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
+ *
+ * $Id: dvbsdffdevice.c 2.35 2013/02/17 13:16:18 kls Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "dvbsdffdevice.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/audio.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/video.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <vdr/eitscan.h>
+#include <vdr/transfer.h>
+#include "dvbsdffosd.h"
+
+// --- cDvbSdFfDevice --------------------------------------------------------
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::devVideoOffset = -1;
+
+cDvbSdFfDevice::cDvbSdFfDevice(int Adapter, int Frontend, bool OutputOnly)
+:cDvbDevice(Adapter, Frontend)
+{
+  spuDecoder = NULL;
+  digitalAudio = false;
+  playMode = pmNone;
+  outputOnly = OutputOnly;
+
+  // Devices that are only present on cards with decoders:
+
+  fd_osd      = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_OSD,    adapter, frontend, O_RDWR);
+  fd_video    = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_VIDEO,  adapter, frontend, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK);
+  fd_audio    = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_AUDIO,  adapter, frontend, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK);
+  fd_stc      = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_DEMUX,  adapter, frontend, O_RDWR);
+
+  // The offset of the /dev/video devices:
+
+  if (devVideoOffset < 0) { // the first one checks this
+     FILE *f = NULL;
+     char buffer[PATH_MAX];
+     for (int ofs = 0; ofs < 100; ofs++) {
+         snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "/proc/video/dev/video%d", ofs);
+         if ((f = fopen(buffer, "r")) != NULL) {
+            if (fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), f)) {
+               if (strstr(buffer, "DVB Board")) { // found the _first_ DVB card
+                  devVideoOffset = ofs;
+                  dsyslog("video device offset is %d", devVideoOffset);
+                  break;
+                  }
+               }
+            else
+               break;
+            fclose(f);
+            }
+         else
+            break;
+         }
+     if (devVideoOffset < 0)
+        devVideoOffset = 0;
+     if (f)
+        fclose(f);
+     }
+  devVideoIndex = devVideoOffset >= 0 ? devVideoOffset++ : -1;
+}
+
+cDvbSdFfDevice::~cDvbSdFfDevice()
+{
+  delete spuDecoder;
+  // We're not explicitly closing any device files here, since this sometimes
+  // caused segfaults. Besides, the program is about to terminate anyway...
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::MakePrimaryDevice(bool On)
+{
+  if (On)
+     new cDvbOsdProvider(fd_osd);
+  cDvbDevice::MakePrimaryDevice(On);
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::HasDecoder(void) const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::AvoidRecording(void) const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+cSpuDecoder *cDvbSdFfDevice::GetSpuDecoder(void)
+{
+  if (!spuDecoder && IsPrimaryDevice())
+     spuDecoder = new cDvbSpuDecoder();
+  return spuDecoder;
+}
+
+uchar *cDvbSdFfDevice::GrabImage(int &Size, bool Jpeg, int Quality, int SizeX, int SizeY)
+{
+  if (devVideoIndex < 0)
+     return NULL;
+  char buffer[PATH_MAX];
+  snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%s%d", DEV_VIDEO, devVideoIndex);
+  int videoDev = open(buffer, O_RDWR);
+  if (videoDev >= 0) {
+     uchar *result = NULL;
+     // set up the size and RGB
+     v4l2_format fmt;
+     memset(&fmt, 0, sizeof(fmt));
+     fmt.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+     fmt.fmt.pix.width = SizeX;
+     fmt.fmt.pix.height = SizeY;
+     fmt.fmt.pix.pixelformat = V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24;
+     fmt.fmt.pix.field = V4L2_FIELD_ANY;
+     if (ioctl(videoDev, VIDIOC_S_FMT, &fmt) == 0) {
+        v4l2_requestbuffers reqBuf;
+        memset(&reqBuf, 0, sizeof(reqBuf));
+        reqBuf.count = 2;
+        reqBuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+        reqBuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+        if (ioctl(videoDev, VIDIOC_REQBUFS, &reqBuf) >= 0) {
+           v4l2_buffer mbuf;
+           memset(&mbuf, 0, sizeof(mbuf));
+           mbuf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+           mbuf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+           if (ioctl(videoDev, VIDIOC_QUERYBUF, &mbuf) == 0) {
+              int msize = mbuf.length;
+              unsigned char *mem = (unsigned char *)mmap(0, msize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, videoDev, 0);
+              if (mem && mem != (unsigned char *)-1) {
+                 v4l2_buffer buf;
+                 memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+                 buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+                 buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+                 buf.index = 0;
+                 if (ioctl(videoDev, VIDIOC_QBUF, &buf) == 0) {
+                    v4l2_buf_type type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+                    if (ioctl (videoDev, VIDIOC_STREAMON, &type) == 0) {
+                       memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+                       buf.type = V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE;
+                       buf.memory = V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+                       buf.index = 0;
+                       if (ioctl(videoDev, VIDIOC_DQBUF, &buf) == 0) {
+                          if (ioctl(videoDev, VIDIOC_STREAMOFF, &type) == 0) {
+                             // make RGB out of BGR:
+                             int memsize = fmt.fmt.pix.width * fmt.fmt.pix.height;
+                             unsigned char *mem1 = mem;
+                             for (int i = 0; i < memsize; i++) {
+                                 unsigned char tmp = mem1[2];
+                                 mem1[2] = mem1[0];
+                                 mem1[0] = tmp;
+                                 mem1 += 3;
+                                 }
+
+                             if (Quality < 0)
+                                Quality = 100;
+
+                             dsyslog("grabbing to %s %d %d %d", Jpeg ? "JPEG" : "PNM", Quality, fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height);
+                             if (Jpeg) {
+                                // convert to JPEG:
+                                result = RgbToJpeg(mem, fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height, Size, Quality);
+                                if (!result)
+                                   esyslog("ERROR: failed to convert image to JPEG");
+                                }
+                             else {
+                                // convert to PNM:
+                                char buf[32];
+                                snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "P6\n%d\n%d\n255\n", fmt.fmt.pix.width, fmt.fmt.pix.height);
+                                int l = strlen(buf);
+                                int bytes = memsize * 3;
+                                Size = l + bytes;
+                                result = MALLOC(uchar, Size);
+                                if (result) {
+                                   memcpy(result, buf, l);
+                                   memcpy(result + l, mem, bytes);
+                                   }
+                                else
+                                   esyslog("ERROR: failed to convert image to PNM");
+                                }
+                             }
+                          else
+                             esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_STREAMOFF failed");
+                          }
+                       else
+                          esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_DQBUF failed");
+                       }
+                    else
+                       esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_STREAMON failed");
+                    }
+                 else
+                    esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_QBUF failed");
+                 munmap(mem, msize);
+                 }
+              else
+                 esyslog("ERROR: failed to memmap video device");
+              }
+           else
+              esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_QUERYBUF failed");
+           }
+        else
+           esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_REQBUFS failed");
+        }
+     else
+        esyslog("ERROR: video device VIDIOC_S_FMT failed");
+     close(videoDev);
+     return result;
+     }
+  else
+     LOG_ERROR_STR(buffer);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::SetVideoDisplayFormat(eVideoDisplayFormat VideoDisplayFormat)
+{
+  cDevice::SetVideoDisplayFormat(VideoDisplayFormat);
+  if (Setup.VideoFormat) {
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT, VIDEO_LETTER_BOX));
+     }
+  else {
+     switch (VideoDisplayFormat) {
+       case vdfPanAndScan:
+            CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT, VIDEO_PAN_SCAN));
+            break;
+       case vdfLetterBox:
+            CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT, VIDEO_LETTER_BOX));
+            break;
+       case vdfCenterCutOut:
+            CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_DISPLAY_FORMAT, VIDEO_CENTER_CUT_OUT));
+            break;
+       default: esyslog("ERROR: unknown video display format %d", VideoDisplayFormat);
+       }
+     }
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::SetVideoFormat(bool VideoFormat16_9)
+{
+  CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_FORMAT, VideoFormat16_9 ? VIDEO_FORMAT_16_9 : VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3));
+  SetVideoDisplayFormat(eVideoDisplayFormat(Setup.VideoDisplayFormat));
+}
+
+eVideoSystem cDvbSdFfDevice::GetVideoSystem(void)
+{
+  eVideoSystem VideoSystem = vsPAL;
+  if (fd_video >= 0) {
+     video_size_t vs;
+     if (ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_GET_SIZE, &vs) == 0) {
+        if (vs.h == 480 || vs.h == 240)
+           VideoSystem = vsNTSC;
+        }
+     else
+        LOG_ERROR;
+     }
+  return VideoSystem;
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::GetVideoSize(int &Width, int &Height, double &VideoAspect)
+{
+  if (fd_video >= 0) {
+     video_size_t vs;
+     if (ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_GET_SIZE, &vs) == 0) {
+        Width = vs.w;
+        Height = vs.h;
+        switch (vs.aspect_ratio) {
+          default:
+          case VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3:   VideoAspect =  4.0 / 3.0; break;
+          case VIDEO_FORMAT_16_9:  VideoAspect = 16.0 / 9.0; break;
+          case VIDEO_FORMAT_221_1: VideoAspect =       2.21; break;
+          }
+        return;
+        }
+     else
+        LOG_ERROR;
+     }
+  cDevice::GetVideoSize(Width, Height, VideoAspect);
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::GetOsdSize(int &Width, int &Height, double &PixelAspect)
+{
+  if (fd_video >= 0) {
+     video_size_t vs;
+     if (ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_GET_SIZE, &vs) == 0) {
+        Width = 720;
+        if (vs.h != 480 && vs.h != 240)
+           Height = 576; // PAL
+        else
+           Height = 480; // NTSC
+        switch (Setup.VideoFormat ? vs.aspect_ratio : VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3) {
+          default:
+          case VIDEO_FORMAT_4_3:   PixelAspect =  4.0 / 3.0; break;
+          case VIDEO_FORMAT_221_1: // FF DVB cards only distinguish between 4:3 and 16:9
+          case VIDEO_FORMAT_16_9:  PixelAspect = 16.0 / 9.0; break;
+          }
+        PixelAspect /= double(Width) / Height;
+        return;
+        }
+     else
+        LOG_ERROR;
+     }
+  cDevice::GetOsdSize(Width, Height, PixelAspect);
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::SetAudioBypass(bool On)
+{
+  if (setTransferModeForDolbyDigital != 1)
+     return false;
+  return ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_BYPASS_MODE, On) == 0;
+}
+
+//                                   ptAudio        ptVideo        ptPcr        ptTeletext        ptDolby        ptOther
+static dmx_pes_type_t PesTypes[] = { DMX_PES_AUDIO, DMX_PES_VIDEO, DMX_PES_PCR, DMX_PES_TELETEXT, DMX_PES_OTHER, DMX_PES_OTHER };
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::SetPid(cPidHandle *Handle, int Type, bool On)
+{
+  if (Handle->pid) {
+     dmx_pes_filter_params pesFilterParams;
+     memset(&pesFilterParams, 0, sizeof(pesFilterParams));
+     if (On) {
+        if (Handle->handle < 0) {
+           Handle->handle = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_DEMUX, adapter, frontend, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, true);
+           if (Handle->handle < 0) {
+              LOG_ERROR;
+              return false;
+              }
+           }
+        pesFilterParams.pid     = Handle->pid;
+        pesFilterParams.input   = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+        pesFilterParams.output  = (Type <= ptTeletext && Handle->used <= 1) ? DMX_OUT_DECODER : DMX_OUT_TS_TAP;
+        pesFilterParams.pes_type= PesTypes[Type < ptOther ? Type : ptOther];
+        pesFilterParams.flags   = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+        if (ioctl(Handle->handle, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams) < 0) {
+           LOG_ERROR;
+           return false;
+           }
+        }
+     else if (!Handle->used) {
+        CHECK(ioctl(Handle->handle, DMX_STOP));
+        if (Type <= ptTeletext) {
+           pesFilterParams.pid     = 0x1FFF;
+           pesFilterParams.input   = DMX_IN_FRONTEND;
+           pesFilterParams.output  = DMX_OUT_DECODER;
+           pesFilterParams.pes_type= PesTypes[Type];
+           pesFilterParams.flags   = DMX_IMMEDIATE_START;
+           CHECK(ioctl(Handle->handle, DMX_SET_PES_FILTER, &pesFilterParams));
+           if (PesTypes[Type] == DMX_PES_VIDEO) // let's only do this once
+              SetPlayMode(pmNone); // necessary to switch a PID from DMX_PES_VIDEO/AUDIO to DMX_PES_OTHER
+           }
+        close(Handle->handle);
+        Handle->handle = -1;
+        }
+     }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::ProvidesSource(int Source) const
+{
+  if (outputOnly)
+     return false;
+  else
+     return cDvbDevice::ProvidesSource(Source);
+}
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::NumProvidedSystems(void) const
+{
+  if (outputOnly)
+     return 0;
+  return cDvbDevice::NumProvidedSystems();
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::TurnOffLiveMode(bool LiveView)
+{
+  if (LiveView) {
+     // Avoid noise while switching:
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_MUTE, true));
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_BLANK, true));
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+     }
+
+  // Turn off live PIDs:
+
+  DetachAll(pidHandles[ptAudio].pid);
+  DetachAll(pidHandles[ptVideo].pid);
+  DetachAll(pidHandles[ptPcr].pid);
+  DetachAll(pidHandles[ptTeletext].pid);
+  DelPid(pidHandles[ptAudio].pid);
+  DelPid(pidHandles[ptVideo].pid);
+  DelPid(pidHandles[ptPcr].pid, ptPcr);
+  DelPid(pidHandles[ptTeletext].pid);
+  DelPid(pidHandles[ptDolby].pid);
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::SetChannelDevice(const cChannel *Channel, bool LiveView)
+{
+  int apid = Channel->Apid(0);
+  int vpid = Channel->Vpid();
+  int dpid = Channel->Dpid(0);
+
+  bool DoTune = !IsTunedToTransponder(Channel);
+
+  bool pidHandlesVideo = pidHandles[ptVideo].pid == vpid;
+  bool pidHandlesAudio = pidHandles[ptAudio].pid == apid;
+
+  bool TurnOffLivePIDs = DoTune
+                         || !IsPrimaryDevice()
+                         || LiveView // for a new live view the old PIDs need to be turned off
+                         || pidHandlesVideo // for recording the PIDs must be shifted from DMX_PES_AUDIO/VIDEO to DMX_PES_OTHER
+                         ;
+
+  bool StartTransferMode = IsPrimaryDevice() && !DoTune
+                           && (LiveView && HasPid(vpid ? vpid : apid) && (!pidHandlesVideo || (!pidHandlesAudio && (dpid ? pidHandles[ptAudio].pid != dpid : true)))// the PID is already set as DMX_PES_OTHER
+                              || !LiveView && (pidHandlesVideo || pidHandlesAudio) // a recording is going to shift the PIDs from DMX_PES_AUDIO/VIDEO to DMX_PES_OTHER
+                              );
+  if (CamSlot() && !ChannelCamRelations.CamDecrypt(Channel->GetChannelID(), CamSlot()->SlotNumber()))
+     StartTransferMode |= LiveView && IsPrimaryDevice() && Channel->Ca() >= CA_ENCRYPTED_MIN;
+
+  bool TurnOnLivePIDs = !StartTransferMode && LiveView;
+
+  // Turn off live PIDs if necessary:
+
+  if (TurnOffLivePIDs)
+     TurnOffLiveMode(LiveView);
+
+  // Set the tuner:
+
+  if (!cDvbDevice::SetChannelDevice(Channel, LiveView))
+     return false;
+
+  // PID settings:
+
+  if (TurnOnLivePIDs) {
+     SetAudioBypass(false);
+     if (!(AddPid(Channel->Ppid(), ptPcr) && AddPid(vpid, ptVideo) && AddPid(apid, ptAudio))) {
+        esyslog("ERROR: failed to set PIDs for channel %d on device %d", Channel->Number(), CardIndex() + 1);
+        return false;
+        }
+     if (IsPrimaryDevice())
+        AddPid(Channel->Tpid(), ptTeletext);
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_MUTE, true)); // actually one would expect 'false' here, but according to Marco Schluessler <marco@lordzodiac.de> this works
+                                                   // to avoid missing audio after replaying a DVD; with 'false' there is an audio disturbance when switching
+                                                   // between two channels on the same transponder on DVB-S
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, true));
+     }
+  else if (StartTransferMode)
+     cControl::Launch(new cTransferControl(this, Channel));
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::GetAudioChannelDevice(void)
+{
+  audio_status_t as;
+  CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_GET_STATUS, &as));
+  return as.channel_select;
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::SetAudioChannelDevice(int AudioChannel)
+{
+  CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT, AudioChannel));
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::SetVolumeDevice(int Volume)
+{
+  if (digitalAudio)
+     Volume = 0;
+  audio_mixer_t am;
+  // conversion for linear volume response:
+  am.volume_left = am.volume_right = 2 * Volume - Volume * Volume / 255;
+  CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_MIXER, &am));
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::SetDigitalAudioDevice(bool On)
+{
+  if (digitalAudio != On) {
+     if (digitalAudio)
+        cCondWait::SleepMs(1000); // Wait until any leftover digital data has been flushed
+     digitalAudio = On;
+     SetVolumeDevice(On || IsMute() ? 0 : CurrentVolume());
+     }
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::SetAudioTrackDevice(eTrackType Type)
+{
+  const tTrackId *TrackId = GetTrack(Type);
+  if (TrackId && TrackId->id) {
+     SetAudioBypass(false);
+     if (IS_AUDIO_TRACK(Type) || (IS_DOLBY_TRACK(Type) && SetAudioBypass(true))) {
+        if (pidHandles[ptAudio].pid && pidHandles[ptAudio].pid != TrackId->id) {
+           DetachAll(pidHandles[ptAudio].pid);
+           if (CamSlot())
+              CamSlot()->SetPid(pidHandles[ptAudio].pid, false);
+           pidHandles[ptAudio].pid = TrackId->id;
+           SetPid(&pidHandles[ptAudio], ptAudio, true);
+           if (CamSlot()) {
+              CamSlot()->SetPid(pidHandles[ptAudio].pid, true);
+              CamSlot()->StartDecrypting();
+              }
+           }
+        }
+     else if (IS_DOLBY_TRACK(Type)) {
+        if (setTransferModeForDolbyDigital == 0)
+           return;
+        // Currently this works only in Transfer Mode
+        ForceTransferMode();
+        }
+     }
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::CanReplay(void) const
+{
+  return cDevice::CanReplay();
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::SetPlayMode(ePlayMode PlayMode)
+{
+  if (PlayMode != pmExtern_THIS_SHOULD_BE_AVOIDED && fd_video < 0 && fd_audio < 0) {
+     // reopen the devices
+     fd_video = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_VIDEO, adapter, frontend, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK);
+     fd_audio = DvbOpen(DEV_DVB_AUDIO, adapter, frontend, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK);
+     SetVideoFormat(Setup.VideoFormat);
+     }
+
+  switch (PlayMode) {
+    case pmNone:
+         // special handling to return from PCM replay:
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_BLANK, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_PLAY));
+
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_STOP, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_STOP, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, VIDEO_SOURCE_DEMUX));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_MUTE, false));
+         break;
+    case pmAudioVideo:
+    case pmAudioOnlyBlack:
+         if (playMode == pmNone)
+            TurnOffLiveMode(true);
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_BLANK, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, PlayMode == pmAudioVideo));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_PLAY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_PLAY));
+         break;
+    case pmAudioOnly:
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_BLANK, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_STOP, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, false));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_PLAY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_BLANK, false));
+         break;
+    case pmVideoOnly:
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SET_BLANK, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_STOP, true));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE, AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, false));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_PLAY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SELECT_SOURCE, VIDEO_SOURCE_MEMORY));
+         CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_PLAY));
+         break;
+    case pmExtern_THIS_SHOULD_BE_AVOIDED:
+         close(fd_video);
+         close(fd_audio);
+         fd_video = fd_audio = -1;
+         break;
+    default: esyslog("ERROR: unknown playmode %d", PlayMode);
+    }
+  playMode = PlayMode;
+  return true;
+}
+
+int64_t cDvbSdFfDevice::GetSTC(void)
+{
+  if (fd_stc >= 0) {
+     struct dmx_stc stc;
+     stc.num = 0;
+     if (ioctl(fd_stc, DMX_GET_STC, &stc) == -1) {
+        esyslog("ERROR: stc %d: %m", CardIndex() + 1);
+        return -1;
+        }
+     return stc.stc / stc.base;
+     }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::TrickSpeed(int Speed)
+{
+  if (fd_video >= 0)
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_SLOWMOTION, Speed));
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::Clear(void)
+{
+  if (fd_video >= 0)
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+  if (fd_audio >= 0)
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CLEAR_BUFFER));
+  cDevice::Clear();
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::Play(void)
+{
+  if (playMode == pmAudioOnly || playMode == pmAudioOnlyBlack) {
+     if (fd_audio >= 0)
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CONTINUE));
+     }
+  else {
+     if (fd_audio >= 0) {
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, true));
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_CONTINUE));
+        }
+     if (fd_video >= 0)
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_CONTINUE));
+     }
+  cDevice::Play();
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::Freeze(void)
+{
+  if (playMode == pmAudioOnly || playMode == pmAudioOnlyBlack) {
+     if (fd_audio >= 0)
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_PAUSE));
+     }
+  else {
+     if (fd_audio >= 0) {
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, false));
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_PAUSE));
+        }
+     if (fd_video >= 0)
+        CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_FREEZE));
+     }
+  cDevice::Freeze();
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::Mute(void)
+{
+  if (fd_audio >= 0) {
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_AV_SYNC, false));
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_audio, AUDIO_SET_MUTE, true));
+     }
+  cDevice::Mute();
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfDevice::StillPicture(const uchar *Data, int Length)
+{
+  if (!Data || Length < TS_SIZE)
+     return;
+  if (Data[0] == 0x47) {
+     // TS data
+     cDevice::StillPicture(Data, Length);
+     }
+  else if (Data[0] == 0x00 && Data[1] == 0x00 && Data[2] == 0x01 && (Data[3] & 0xF0) == 0xE0) {
+     // PES data
+     char *buf = MALLOC(char, Length);
+     if (!buf)
+        return;
+     int i = 0;
+     int blen = 0;
+     while (i < Length - 6) {
+           if (Data[i] == 0x00 && Data[i + 1] == 0x00 && Data[i + 2] == 0x01) {
+              int len = Data[i + 4] * 256 + Data[i + 5];
+              if ((Data[i + 3] & 0xF0) == 0xE0) { // video packet
+                 // skip PES header
+                 int offs = i + 6;
+                 // skip header extension
+                 if ((Data[i + 6] & 0xC0) == 0x80) {
+                    // MPEG-2 PES header
+                    if (Data[i + 8] >= Length)
+                       break;
+                    offs += 3;
+                    offs += Data[i + 8];
+                    len -= 3;
+                    len -= Data[i + 8];
+                    if (len < 0 || offs + len > Length)
+                       break;
+                    }
+                 else {
+                    // MPEG-1 PES header
+                    while (offs < Length && len > 0 && Data[offs] == 0xFF) {
+                          offs++;
+                          len--;
+                          }
+                    if (offs <= Length - 2 && len >= 2 && (Data[offs] & 0xC0) == 0x40) {
+                       offs += 2;
+                       len -= 2;
+                       }
+                    if (offs <= Length - 5 && len >= 5 && (Data[offs] & 0xF0) == 0x20) {
+                       offs += 5;
+                       len -= 5;
+                       }
+                    else if (offs <= Length - 10 && len >= 10 && (Data[offs] & 0xF0) == 0x30) {
+                       offs += 10;
+                       len -= 10;
+                       }
+                    else if (offs < Length && len > 0) {
+                       offs++;
+                       len--;
+                       }
+                    }
+                 if (blen + len > Length) // invalid PES length field
+                    break;
+                 memcpy(&buf[blen], &Data[offs], len);
+                 i = offs + len;
+                 blen += len;
+                 }
+              else if (Data[i + 3] >= 0xBD && Data[i + 3] <= 0xDF) // other PES packets
+                 i += len + 6;
+              else
+                 i++;
+              }
+           else
+              i++;
+           }
+     video_still_picture sp = { buf, blen };
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_STILLPICTURE, &sp));
+     free(buf);
+     }
+  else {
+     // non-PES data
+     video_still_picture sp = { (char *)Data, Length };
+     CHECK(ioctl(fd_video, VIDEO_STILLPICTURE, &sp));
+     }
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::Poll(cPoller &Poller, int TimeoutMs)
+{
+  Poller.Add((playMode == pmAudioOnly || playMode == pmAudioOnlyBlack) ? fd_audio : fd_video, true);
+  return Poller.Poll(TimeoutMs);
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDevice::Flush(int TimeoutMs)
+{
+  //TODO actually this function should wait until all buffered data has been processed by the card, but how?
+  return true;
+}
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::PlayVideo(const uchar *Data, int Length)
+{
+  return WriteAllOrNothing(fd_video, Data, Length, 1000, 10);
+}
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::PlayAudio(const uchar *Data, int Length, uchar Id)
+{
+  return WriteAllOrNothing(fd_audio, Data, Length, 1000, 10);
+}
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::PlayTsVideo(const uchar *Data, int Length)
+{
+  return WriteAllOrNothing(fd_video, Data, Length, 1000, 10);
+}
+
+int cDvbSdFfDevice::PlayTsAudio(const uchar *Data, int Length)
+{
+  return WriteAllOrNothing(fd_audio, Data, Length, 1000, 10);
+}
+
+// --- cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe ---------------------------------------------------
+
+cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe::cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe(void)
+{
+  outputOnly = false;
+}
+
+bool cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe::Probe(int Adapter, int Frontend)
+{
+  static uint32_t SubsystemIds[] = {
+    0x110A0000, // Fujitsu Siemens DVB-C
+    0x13C20000, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV DVB-S rev1.X or Fujitsu Siemens DVB-C
+    0x13C20001, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV DVB-T rev1.X
+    0x13C20002, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV DVB-C rev2.X
+    0x13C20003, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV Nexus-S rev2.X
+    0x13C20004, // Galaxis DVB-S rev1.3
+    0x13C20006, // Fujitsu Siemens DVB-S rev1.6
+    0x13C20008, // Technotrend/Hauppauge DVB-T
+    0x13C2000A, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV Nexus-CA rev1.X
+    0x13C2000E, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV Nexus-S rev2.3
+    0x13C21002, // Technotrend/Hauppauge WinTV DVB-S rev1.3 SE
+    0x00000000
+    };
+  uint32_t SubsystemId = GetSubsystemId(Adapter, Frontend);
+  for (uint32_t *sid = SubsystemIds; *sid; sid++) {
+      if (*sid == SubsystemId) {
+         dsyslog("creating cDvbSdFfDevice");
+         new cDvbSdFfDevice(Adapter, Frontend, outputOnly);
+         return true;
+         }
+      }
+  return false;
+}

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/dvbsdffdevice.h

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ * dvbsdffdevice.h: The DVB SD Full Featured device interface
+ *
+ * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
+ *
+ * $Id: dvbsdffdevice.h 2.16 2013/02/17 13:16:29 kls Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DVBSDFFDEVICE_H
+#define __DVBSDFFDEVICE_H
+
+#include <vdr/dvbdevice.h>
+#include <vdr/dvbspu.h>
+
+/// The cDvbSdFfDevice implements a DVB device which can be accessed through the Linux DVB driver API.
+
+class cDvbSdFfDevice : public cDvbDevice {
+private:
+  int fd_osd, fd_audio, fd_video, fd_stc;
+  bool outputOnly;
+protected:
+  virtual void MakePrimaryDevice(bool On);
+public:
+  cDvbSdFfDevice(int Adapter, int Frontend, bool OutputOnly);
+  virtual ~cDvbSdFfDevice();
+  virtual bool HasDecoder(void) const;
+  virtual bool AvoidRecording(void) const;
+
+// SPU facilities
+
+private:
+  cDvbSpuDecoder *spuDecoder;
+public:
+  virtual cSpuDecoder *GetSpuDecoder(void);
+
+// Channel facilities
+
+public:
+  virtual bool ProvidesSource(int Source) const;
+  virtual int NumProvidedSystems(void) const;
+private:
+  void TurnOffLiveMode(bool LiveView);
+protected:
+  virtual bool SetChannelDevice(const cChannel *Channel, bool LiveView);
+
+// PID handle facilities
+
+private:
+  bool SetAudioBypass(bool On);
+protected:
+  virtual bool SetPid(cPidHandle *Handle, int Type, bool On);
+
+// Image Grab facilities
+
+private:
+  static int devVideoOffset;
+  int devVideoIndex;
+public:
+  virtual uchar *GrabImage(int &Size, bool Jpeg = true, int Quality = -1, int SizeX = -1, int SizeY = -1);
+
+// Video format facilities
+
+public:
+  virtual void SetVideoDisplayFormat(eVideoDisplayFormat VideoDisplayFormat);
+  virtual void SetVideoFormat(bool VideoFormat16_9);
+  virtual eVideoSystem GetVideoSystem(void);
+  virtual void GetVideoSize(int &Width, int &Height, double &VideoAspect);
+  virtual void GetOsdSize(int &Width, int &Height, double &PixelAspect);
+
+// Track facilities
+
+protected:
+  virtual void SetAudioTrackDevice(eTrackType Type);
+
+// Audio facilities
+
+private:
+  bool digitalAudio;
+protected:
+  virtual int GetAudioChannelDevice(void);
+  virtual void SetAudioChannelDevice(int AudioChannel);
+  virtual void SetVolumeDevice(int Volume);
+  virtual void SetDigitalAudioDevice(bool On);
+
+// Player facilities
+
+protected:
+  ePlayMode playMode;
+  virtual bool CanReplay(void) const;
+  virtual bool SetPlayMode(ePlayMode PlayMode);
+  virtual int PlayVideo(const uchar *Data, int Length);
+  virtual int PlayAudio(const uchar *Data, int Length, uchar Id);
+  virtual int PlayTsVideo(const uchar *Data, int Length);
+  virtual int PlayTsAudio(const uchar *Data, int Length);
+public:
+  virtual int64_t GetSTC(void);
+  virtual void TrickSpeed(int Speed);
+  virtual void Clear(void);
+  virtual void Play(void);
+  virtual void Freeze(void);
+  virtual void Mute(void);
+  virtual void StillPicture(const uchar *Data, int Length);
+  virtual bool Poll(cPoller &Poller, int TimeoutMs = 0);
+  virtual bool Flush(int TimeoutMs = 0);
+  };
+
+class cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe : public cDvbDeviceProbe {
+private:
+  bool outputOnly;
+public:
+  cDvbSdFfDeviceProbe(void);
+  void SetOutputOnly(bool On) { outputOnly = On; }
+  virtual bool Probe(int Adapter, int Frontend);
+  };
+
+#endif //__DVBSDFFDEVICE_H

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/dvbsdffosd.c

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ * dvbsdffosd.c: Implementation of the DVB SD Full Featured On Screen Display
+ *
+ * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
+ *
+ * $Id: dvbsdffosd.c 2.3 2011/04/17 12:55:09 kls Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "dvbsdffosd.h"
+#include <linux/dvb/osd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/unistd.h>
+#include <vdr/tools.h>
+
+// --- cDvbSdFfOsd -----------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define MAXNUMWINDOWS 7 // OSD windows are counted 1...7
+#define MAXOSDMEMORY  92000 // number of bytes available to the OSD (for unmodified DVB cards)
+
+class cDvbSdFfOsd : public cOsd {
+private:
+  int osdDev;
+  int osdMem;
+  bool shown;
+  void Cmd(OSD_Command cmd, int color = 0, int x0 = 0, int y0 = 0, int x1 = 0, int y1 = 0, const void *data = NULL);
+protected:
+  virtual void SetActive(bool On);
+public:
+  cDvbSdFfOsd(int Left, int Top, int OsdDev, uint Level);
+  virtual ~cDvbSdFfOsd();
+  virtual eOsdError CanHandleAreas(const tArea *Areas, int NumAreas);
+  virtual eOsdError SetAreas(const tArea *Areas, int NumAreas);
+  virtual void Flush(void);
+  };
+
+cDvbSdFfOsd::cDvbSdFfOsd(int Left, int Top, int OsdDev, uint Level)
+:cOsd(Left, Top, Level)
+{
+  osdDev = OsdDev;
+  shown = false;
+  if (osdDev < 0)
+     esyslog("ERROR: invalid OSD device handle (%d)!", osdDev);
+  else {
+     osdMem = MAXOSDMEMORY;
+#ifdef OSD_CAP_MEMSIZE
+     // modified DVB cards may have more OSD memory:
+     osd_cap_t cap;
+     cap.cmd = OSD_CAP_MEMSIZE;
+     if (ioctl(osdDev, OSD_GET_CAPABILITY, &cap) == 0)
+        osdMem = cap.val;
+#endif
+     }
+}
+
+cDvbSdFfOsd::~cDvbSdFfOsd()
+{
+  SetActive(false);
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfOsd::SetActive(bool On)
+{
+  if (On != Active()) {
+     cOsd::SetActive(On);
+     if (On) {
+        // must clear all windows here to avoid flashing effects - doesn't work if done
+        // in Flush() only for the windows that are actually used...
+        for (int i = 0; i < MAXNUMWINDOWS; i++) {
+            Cmd(OSD_SetWindow, 0, i + 1);
+            Cmd(OSD_Clear);
+            }
+        if (GetBitmap(0)) // only flush here if there are already bitmaps
+           Flush();
+        }
+     else if (shown) {
+        for (int i = 0; GetBitmap(i); i++) {
+            Cmd(OSD_SetWindow, 0, i + 1);
+            Cmd(OSD_Close);
+            }
+        shown = false;
+        }
+     }
+}
+
+eOsdError cDvbSdFfOsd::CanHandleAreas(const tArea *Areas, int NumAreas)
+{
+  eOsdError Result = cOsd::CanHandleAreas(Areas, NumAreas);
+  if (Result == oeOk) {
+     if (NumAreas > MAXNUMWINDOWS)
+        return oeTooManyAreas;
+     int TotalMemory = 0;
+     for (int i = 0; i < NumAreas; i++) {
+         if (Areas[i].bpp != 1 && Areas[i].bpp != 2 && Areas[i].bpp != 4 && Areas[i].bpp != 8)
+            return oeBppNotSupported;
+         if ((Areas[i].Width() & (8 / Areas[i].bpp - 1)) != 0)
+            return oeWrongAlignment;
+         if (Areas[i].Width() < 1 || Areas[i].Height() < 1 || Areas[i].Width() > 720 || Areas[i].Height() > 576)
+            return oeWrongAreaSize;
+         TotalMemory += Areas[i].Width() * Areas[i].Height() / (8 / Areas[i].bpp);
+         }
+     if (TotalMemory > osdMem)
+        return oeOutOfMemory;
+     }
+  return Result;
+}
+
+eOsdError cDvbSdFfOsd::SetAreas(const tArea *Areas, int NumAreas)
+{
+  if (shown) {
+     for (int i = 0; GetBitmap(i); i++) {
+         Cmd(OSD_SetWindow, 0, i + 1);
+         Cmd(OSD_Close);
+         }
+     shown = false;
+     }
+  return cOsd::SetAreas(Areas, NumAreas);
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfOsd::Cmd(OSD_Command cmd, int color, int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, const void *data)
+{
+  if (osdDev >= 0) {
+     osd_cmd_t dc;
+     dc.cmd   = cmd;
+     dc.color = color;
+     dc.x0    = x0;
+     dc.y0    = y0;
+     dc.x1    = x1;
+     dc.y1    = y1;
+     dc.data  = (void *)data;
+     ioctl(osdDev, OSD_SEND_CMD, &dc);
+     }
+}
+
+void cDvbSdFfOsd::Flush(void)
+{
+  if (!Active())
+     return;
+  cBitmap *Bitmap;
+  for (int i = 0; (Bitmap = GetBitmap(i)) != NULL; i++) {
+      Cmd(OSD_SetWindow, 0, i + 1);
+      if (!shown)
+         Cmd(OSD_Open, Bitmap->Bpp(), Left() + Bitmap->X0(), Top() + Bitmap->Y0(), Left() + Bitmap->X0() + Bitmap->Width() - 1, Top() + Bitmap->Y0() + Bitmap->Height() - 1, (void *)1); // initially hidden!
+      int x1 = 0, y1 = 0, x2 = 0, y2 = 0;
+      if (!shown || Bitmap->Dirty(x1, y1, x2, y2)) {
+         if (!shown) {
+            x1 = y1 = 0;
+            x2 = Bitmap->Width() - 1;
+            y2 = Bitmap->Height() - 1;
+            }
+         //TODO Workaround: apparently the bitmap sent to the driver always has to be a multiple
+         //TODO of 8 bits wide, and (dx * dy) also has to be a multiple of 8.
+         //TODO Fix driver (should be able to handle any size bitmaps!)
+         while ((x1 > 0 || x2 < Bitmap->Width() - 1) && ((x2 - x1) & 7) != 7) {
+               if (x2 < Bitmap->Width() - 1)
+                  x2++;
+               else if (x1 > 0)
+                  x1--;
+               }
+         //TODO "... / 2" <==> Bpp???
+         while ((y1 > 0 || y2 < Bitmap->Height() - 1) && (((x2 - x1 + 1) * (y2 - y1 + 1) / 2) & 7) != 0) {
+               if (y2 < Bitmap->Height() - 1)
+                  y2++;
+               else if (y1 > 0)
+                  y1--;
+               }
+         while ((x1 > 0 || x2 < Bitmap->Width() - 1) && (((x2 - x1 + 1) * (y2 - y1 + 1) / 2) & 7) != 0) {
+               if (x2 < Bitmap->Width() - 1)
+                  x2++;
+               else if (x1 > 0)
+                  x1--;
+               }
+         // commit colors:
+         int NumColors;
+         const tColor *Colors = Bitmap->Colors(NumColors);
+         if (Colors) {
+            //TODO this should be fixed in the driver!
+            tColor colors[NumColors];
+            for (int i = 0; i < NumColors; i++) {
+                // convert AARRGGBB to AABBGGRR (the driver expects the colors the wrong way):
+                colors[i] = (Colors[i] & 0xFF000000) | ((Colors[i] & 0x0000FF) << 16) | (Colors[i] & 0x00FF00) | ((Colors[i] & 0xFF0000) >> 16);
+                }
+            Colors = colors;
+            //TODO end of stuff that should be fixed in the driver
+            Cmd(OSD_SetPalette, 0, NumColors - 1, 0, 0, 0, Colors);
+            }
+         // commit modified data:
+         Cmd(OSD_SetBlock, Bitmap->Width(), x1, y1, x2, y2, Bitmap->Data(x1, y1));
+         }
+      Bitmap->Clean();
+      }
+  if (!shown) {
+     // Showing the windows in a separate loop to avoid seeing them come up one after another
+     for (int i = 0; (Bitmap = GetBitmap(i)) != NULL; i++) {
+         Cmd(OSD_SetWindow, 0, i + 1);
+         Cmd(OSD_MoveWindow, 0, Left() + Bitmap->X0(), Top() + Bitmap->Y0());
+         }
+     shown = true;
+     }
+}
+
+// --- cDvbOsdProvider -------------------------------------------------------
+
+cDvbOsdProvider::cDvbOsdProvider(int OsdDev)
+{
+  osdDev = OsdDev;
+}
+
+cOsd *cDvbOsdProvider::CreateOsd(int Left, int Top, uint Level)
+{
+  return new cDvbSdFfOsd(Left, Top, osdDev, Level);
+}

PLUGINS/src/dvbsddevice/dvbsdffosd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*
+ * dvbsdffosd.h: Implementation of the DVB SD Full Featured On Screen Display
+ *
+ * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
+ *
+ * $Id: dvbsdffosd.h 2.2 2012/12/03 13:43:55 kls Exp $
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DVBSDFFODF_H
+#define __DVBSDFFODF_H
+
+#include <vdr/osd.h>
+
+class cDvbOsdProvider : public cOsdProvider {
+private:
+  int osdDev;
+public:
+  cDvbOsdProvider(int OsdDev);
+  virtual cOsd *CreateOsd(int Left, int Top, uint Level);
+  };
+
+#endif //__DVBSDFFODF_H

PLUGINS/src/epgtableid0/HISTORY

@@ -16,19 +16,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'epgtableid0' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/epgtableid0/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 1.13 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
 #
@@ -62,8 +61,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE)
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -77,8 +75,7 @@ $(DEPFILE): Makefile
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/epgtableid0/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/epgtableid0/epgtableid0.c

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: epgtableid0.c 4.1 2018/04/10 13:00:18 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: epgtableid0.c 1.4 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <vdr/epg.h>
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.0";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "EPG handler for events with table id 0x00";
 
 // --- cTable0Handler --------------------------------------------------------

PLUGINS/src/hello/HISTORY

@@ -86,20 +86,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'hello' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Updated the French OSD texts (thanks to Bernard Jaulin).
-- Official release.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/hello/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.18 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 LOCDIR = $(call PKGCFG,locdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
@@ -63,8 +62,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE) i18n
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -84,16 +82,13 @@ I18Nmsgs  = $(addprefix $(DESTDIR)$(LOCDIR)/, $(addsuffix /LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$(PLU
 I18Npot   = $(PODIR)/$(PLUGIN).pot
 
 %.mo: %.po
-	@echo MO $@
-	$(Q)msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
+	msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
 
 $(I18Npot): $(wildcard *.c)
-	@echo GT $@
-	$(Q)xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=vdr-$(PLUGIN) --package-version=$(VERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<see README>' -o $@ `ls $^`
+	xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=vdr-$(PLUGIN) --package-version=$(VERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<see README>' -o $@ `ls $^`
 
 %.po: $(I18Npot)
-	@echo PO $@
-	$(Q)msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
+	msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
 	@touch $@
 
 $(I18Nmsgs): $(DESTDIR)$(LOCDIR)/%/LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$(PLUGIN).mo: $(PODIR)/%.mo
@@ -107,8 +102,7 @@ install-i18n: $(I18Nmsgs)
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/hello/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/hello/hello.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: hello.c 4.1 2018/04/10 13:00:22 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: hello.c 2.6 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <getopt.h>
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #include <vdr/interface.h>
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.0";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = trNOOP("A friendly greeting");
 static const char *MAINMENUENTRY  = trNOOP("Hello");
 

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/ca_ES.po

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Marc Rovira Vall <tm05462@salleURL.edu>, 2003
 # Ramon Roca <ramon.roca@xcombo.com>, 2003
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/cs_CZ.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Vladimír Bárta <vladimir.barta@k2atmitec.cz>, 2006
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/da_DK.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Mogens Elneff <mogens@elneff.dk>, 2004
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/de_DE.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>, 2000
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/el_GR.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Dimitrios Dimitrakos <mail@dimitrios.de>, 2002
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/es_ES.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Ruben Nunez Francisco <ruben.nunez@tang-it.com>, 2002
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/et_EE.po

@@ -1,35 +1,35 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
-# Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>, 2004, 2015
+# Arthur Konovalov <kasjas@hot.ee>, 2004
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>\n"
+"Last-Translator: Arthur Konovalov <kasjas@hot.ee>\n"
 "Language-Team: Estonian <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
 "Language: et\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-13\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 msgid "A friendly greeting"
-msgstr "Sõbralik tervitus"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hello"
-msgstr "Tere"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Greeting time (s)"
-msgstr "Tervituse kestus (s)"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Use alternate greeting"
-msgstr "Vahelduv tervitus"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Howdy folks!"
-msgstr "Kuidas käsi käib?"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hello world!"
-msgstr "Tere, maailm!"
+msgstr ""

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/fi_FI.po

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Hannu Savolainen <hannu@opensound.com>, 2002
 # Jaakko Hyvätti <jaakko@hyvatti.iki.fi>, 2002
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/fr_FR.po

@@ -1,19 +1,18 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Jean-Claude Repetto <jc@repetto.org>, 2001
 # Olivier Jacques <jacquesolivier@hotmail.com>, 2003
 # Gregoire Favre <greg@magma.unil.ch>, 2003
 # Nicolas Huillard <nhuillard@e-dition.fr>, 2005
-# Bernard Jaulin <bernard.jaulin@gmail.com>, 2018
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-04-14 8:34+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Bernard Jaulin <bernard.jaulin@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Nicolas Huillard <nhuillard@e-dition.fr>\n"
 "Language-Team: French <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
 "Language: fr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -21,19 +20,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 msgid "A friendly greeting"
-msgstr "Bien le bonjour"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hello"
-msgstr "Hello"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Greeting time (s)"
-msgstr "Durée pour le salut (s)"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Use alternate greeting"
-msgstr "Changer de salutation"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Howdy folks!"
-msgstr "Bonjour à tous !"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hello world!"
-msgstr "Bonjour le monde !"
+msgstr ""

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/hr_HR.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Adrian Caval <anrxc@sysphere.org>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-17 19:52+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/hu_HU.po

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Istvan Koenigsberger <istvnko@hotmail.com>, 2002
 # Guido Josten <guido.josten@t-online.de>, 2002
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/it_IT.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Diego Pierotto <vdr-italian@tiscali.it>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-27 20:11+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/lt_LT.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Valdemaras Pipiras <varas@ambernet.lt>, 2009
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-08 12:18+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/nl_NL.po

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Arnold Niessen <niessen@iae.nl> <arnold.niessen@philips.com>, 2001
 # Hans Dingemans <hans.dingemans@tacticalops.nl>, 2003
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/nn_NO.po

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Jørgen Tvedt <pjtvedt@online.no>, 2001
 # Truls Slevigen <truls@slevigen.no>, 2002
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/pl_PL.po

@@ -1,38 +1,35 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Michael Rakowski <mrak@gmx.de>, 2002
-# Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>, 2018
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-19 00:41+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Michael Rakowski <mrak@gmx.de>\n"
 "Language-Team: Polish <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
-"Language: pl_PL\n"
+"Language: pl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 2.0.6\n"
 
 msgid "A friendly greeting"
-msgstr "Przyjazne pozdrowienie"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hello"
-msgstr "Witaj"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Greeting time (s)"
-msgstr "Czas pozdrowienia (s)"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Use alternate greeting"
-msgstr "Użyj alternatywnego pozdrowienia"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Howdy folks!"
-msgstr "Siema ziomy!"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hello world!"
-msgstr "Witaj świecie!"
+msgstr ""

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/pt_PT.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Paulo Lopes <pmml@netvita.pt>, 2001
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/ro_RO.po

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Paul Lacatus <paul@campina.iiruc.ro>, 2002
 # Lucian Muresan <lucianm@users.sourceforge.net>, 2004
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/ru_RU.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Vyacheslav Dikonov <sdiconov@mail.ru>, 2004
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/sk_SK.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Vladimír Bárta <vladimir.barta@k2atmitec.cz>, 2006
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 09:48+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/sl_SI.po

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Miha Setina <mihasetina@softhome.net>, 2000
 # Matjaz Thaler <matjaz.thaler@guest.arnes.si>, 2003
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/sv_SE.po

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Tomas Prybil <tomas@prybil.se>, 2002
 # Jan Ekholm <chakie@infa.abo.fi>, 2003
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-11 12:34+0200\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/tr_TR.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Oktay Yolgeçen <oktay_73@yahoo.de>, 2007
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-12 22:34:4800\n"

PLUGINS/src/hello/po/zh_CN.po

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Marc Rovira Vall <tm05462@salleURL.edu>, 2003
 # Ramon Roca <ramon.roca@xcombo.com>, 2003
 # Jordi Vilà <jvila@tinet.org>, 2003
-# Nan Feng VDR <nfgx@21cn.com>, 2009
+# Nan Feng VDR <nfgx@21cn.com>, 2009.2
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-hello 0.2.5\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-23 09:48+0800\n"

PLUGINS/src/osddemo/HISTORY

@@ -59,35 +59,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'osddemo' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2014-02-06: Version 2.1.2
-
-- Fixed flickering if subtitles are active while the OSD demo is running.
-- Fixed a possible crash in the OSD demo (reported by Christopher Reimer).
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2015-03-08: Version 2.3.1
-
-- Now using cOsd::MaxPixmapSize().
-- Fixed a vertical black line in the "TiledPixmaps" area on the rpihddevice OSD with
-  1280x800 pixel (thanks to Thomas Reufer).
-- Added a demo case for storing images (thanks to Thomas Reufer).
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2020-10-12: Version 2.4.1
-
-- Added test cases for alignment of semi-circles (press key '4').
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/osddemo/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.16 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
 #
@@ -62,8 +61,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE)
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -77,8 +75,7 @@ $(DEPFILE): Makefile
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/osddemo/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/osddemo/osddemo.c

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: osddemo.c 4.5 2020/10/14 20:32:41 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: osddemo.c 2.12 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <vdr/osd.h>
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.1";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "Demo of arbitrary OSD setup";
 static const char *MAINMENUENTRY  = "Osd Demo";
 
@@ -90,137 +90,6 @@ void DrawSlopes(cOsd *Osd)
   Osd->Flush();
 }
 
-// --- DrawImages ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct tOsdImageRef {
-  int image;
-  cSize size;
-  };
-
-#define NUMOSDIMAGES 16
-#define NUMOSDIMAGEVARIANTS 8
-
-void DrawImages(cOsd *Osd)
-{
-  // Create images:
-  cImage *images[NUMOSDIMAGEVARIANTS];
-  for (int i = 0; i < NUMOSDIMAGEVARIANTS; i++) {
-      images[i] = new cImage(cSize(
-        i == 0 || i == 1 ? Osd->MaxPixmapSize().Width() + 1 : rand() % Osd->Width(),
-        i == 0 || i == 2 ? Osd->MaxPixmapSize().Height() + 1 : rand() % Osd->Height()));
-      for (int x = 0; x < images[i]->Width(); x++) {
-          for (int y = 0; y < images[i]->Height(); y++) {
-              images[i]->SetPixel(cPoint(x, y),
-                (!x || !y || x == images[i]->Width() - 1 || y == images[i]->Height() - 1) ? clrWhite :
-                (x > images[i]->Width() / 2 ?
-                  (y > images[i]->Height() / 2 ? clrBlue : clrGreen) :
-                  (y > images[i]->Height() / 2 ? clrRed : clrYellow)));
-              }
-          }
-      }
-  // Store images:
-  tOsdImageRef osdImages[NUMOSDIMAGES];
-  for (int i = 0; i < NUMOSDIMAGES; i++) {
-      osdImages[i].image = cOsdProvider::StoreImage(*images[i % NUMOSDIMAGEVARIANTS]);
-      osdImages[i].size.Set(images[i % NUMOSDIMAGEVARIANTS]->Size());
-      }
-  // Delete images:
-  for (int i = 0; i < NUMOSDIMAGEVARIANTS; i++)
-      delete images[i];
-  // Draw images:
-  for (int i = 0; i < NUMOSDIMAGES; i++)
-      Osd->DrawImage(cPoint(rand() % (Osd->Width() + osdImages[i].size.Width()), rand() % (Osd->Height() + osdImages[i].size.Height())).Shifted(-osdImages[i].size.Width(), -osdImages[i].size.Height()), osdImages[i].image);
-  // Drop image references:
-  for (int i = 0; i < NUMOSDIMAGES; i++)
-      cOsdProvider::DropImage(osdImages[i].image);
-  Osd->Flush();
-}
-
-// --- DrawEllipseAlignments -------------------------------------------------
-
-void DrawEllipseAlignments(cOsd *Osd)
-{
-  cFont *Font = cFont::CreateFont(Setup.FontOsd, 20);
-  int xa = 0;
-  int ya = 0;
-  int xb = Osd->Width() - 1;
-  int yb = Osd->Height() - 1;
-  Osd->DrawRectangle(xa, ya, xb, yb, clrBlack);
-  int d = 50;
-  int a = d / 2 + 1;
-  int t = a * 2;
-  int n = 30;
-  for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-      Osd->DrawRectangle(a, t, a + d - 1, t + d - 1, clrGreen);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(a, t - d / 2, a + d - 1, t, clrGreen, 6);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(a, t + d, a + d - 1, t + d + d / 2, clrGreen, 8);
-      Osd->DrawText(a + d / 3, t + d / 3, itoa(d), clrRed, clrGreen, Font);
-      a += d + 5;
-      d++;
-      }
-  d = 50;
-  a = d * 3;
-  n = 20;
-  for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-      Osd->DrawRectangle(t, a, t + d - 1, a + d - 1, clrGreen);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(t - d / 2, a, t, a + d - 1, clrGreen, 7);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(t + d, a, t + d + d / 2, a + d - 1, clrGreen, 5);
-      Osd->DrawText(t + d / 3, a + d / 3, itoa(d), clrRed, clrGreen, Font);
-      a += d + 5;
-      d++;
-      }
-  d = 50;
-  a = d * 3;
-  t = d * 5;
-  n = 30;
-  for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-      Osd->DrawRectangle(a, t, a + d - 1, t + d - 1, clrGreen);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(a, t - d, a + d - 1, t, clrGreen, 2);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(a, t + d, a + d - 1, t + d + d, clrGreen, 3);
-      Osd->DrawText(a + d / 3, t + d / 3, itoa(d), clrRed, clrGreen, Font);
-      a += d + 5;
-      d++;
-      }
-  d = 50;
-  a = d * 3;
-  t = d * 9;
-  n = 30;
-  for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-      Osd->DrawRectangle(a, t, a + d - 1, t + d - 1, clrGreen);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(a, t - d, a + d - 1, t, clrGreen, 1);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(a, t + d, a + d - 1, t + d + d, clrGreen, 4);
-      Osd->DrawText(a + d / 3, t + d / 3, itoa(d), clrRed, clrGreen, Font);
-      a += d + 5;
-      d++;
-      }
-  d = 50;
-  a = d * 12;
-  t = d * 5;
-  n = 20;
-  for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-      Osd->DrawRectangle(t, a, t + d - 1, a + d - 1, clrGreen);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(t - d, a, t, a + d - 1, clrGreen, 2);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(t + d, a, t + d + d, a + d - 1, clrGreen, 1);
-      Osd->DrawText(t + d / 3, a + d / 3, itoa(d), clrRed, clrGreen, Font);
-      a += d + 5;
-      d++;
-      }
-  d = 50;
-  a = d * 12;
-  t = d * 9;
-  n = 20;
-  for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
-      Osd->DrawRectangle(t, a, t + d - 1, a + d - 1, clrGreen);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(t - d, a, t, a + d - 1, clrGreen, 3);
-      Osd->DrawEllipse(t + d, a, t + d + d, a + d - 1, clrGreen, 4);
-      Osd->DrawText(t + d / 3, a + d / 3, itoa(d), clrRed, clrGreen, Font);
-      a += d + 5;
-      d++;
-      }
-  Osd->Flush();
-  delete Font;
-}
-
 // --- cLineGame -------------------------------------------------------------
 
 class cLineGame : public cOsdObject {
@@ -250,7 +119,7 @@ cLineGame::~cLineGame()
 
 void cLineGame::Show(void)
 {
-  osd = cOsdProvider::NewOsd(cOsd::OsdLeft(), cOsd::OsdTop());
+  osd = cOsdProvider::NewOsd(cOsd::OsdLeft(), cOsd::OsdTop(), 50);
   if (osd) {
      int x1 = cOsd::OsdWidth() - 1;
      int y1 = cOsd::OsdHeight() - 1;
@@ -341,7 +210,7 @@ cPixmap *cTrueColorDemo::CreateTextPixmap(const char *s, int Line, int Layer, tC
   if (Pixmap) {
      Pixmap->Clear();
      Pixmap->SetAlpha(0);
-     Pixmap->DrawText(cPoint(0, 0), s, ColorFg, ColorBg, Font, w);
+     Pixmap->DrawText(cPoint(0, 0), s, ColorFg, ColorBg, Font);
      }
   return Pixmap;
 }
@@ -558,20 +427,16 @@ void cTrueColorDemo::Action(void)
                        const int Size = SmlFont->Width(Text) + 10;
                        const int NumDots = 12;
                        const int AnimFrames = NumDots;
-                       int Rows = min(osd->MaxPixmapSize().Height() / Size, AnimFrames);
-                       int Cols = (AnimFrames + Rows - 1) / Rows;
                        // Temporarily using pixmap layer 0 to have the text alpha blended:
-                       AnimPixmap = osd->CreatePixmap(0, cRect((osd->Width() - Size) / 2, StartLine, Size, Size), cRect(0, 0, Size * Cols, Size * Rows));
+                       AnimPixmap = osd->CreatePixmap(0, cRect((osd->Width() - Size) / 2, StartLine, Size, Size), cRect(0, 0, Size, Size * AnimFrames));
                        if (AnimPixmap) {
                           AnimPixmap->SetAlpha(0);
                           AnimPixmap->Clear();
                           const int Diameter = Size / 5;
+                          int xc = Size / 2 - Diameter / 2;
                           for (int Frame = 0; Frame < AnimFrames; Frame++) {
-                              int x0 = Frame / Rows * Size;
-                              int y0 = Frame % Rows * Size;
-                              AnimPixmap->DrawEllipse(cRect(x0, y0, Size, Size), 0xDDFFFFFF);
-                              int xc = x0 + Size / 2 - Diameter / 2;
-                              int yc = y0 + Size / 2 - Diameter / 2;
+                              AnimPixmap->DrawEllipse(cRect(0, Frame * Size, Size, Size), 0xDDFFFFFF);
+                              int yc = Frame * Size + Size / 2 - Diameter / 2;
                               int Color = 0xFF;
                               int Delta = Color / NumDots / 3;
                               for (int a = 0; a < NumDots; a++) {
@@ -581,7 +446,7 @@ void cTrueColorDemo::Action(void)
                                   AnimPixmap->DrawEllipse(cRect(x, y, Diameter, Diameter), ArgbToColor(0xFF, Color, Color, Color));
                                   Color -= Delta;
                                   }
-                              AnimPixmap->DrawText(cPoint(x0, y0), Text, clrBlack, clrTransparent, SmlFont, Size, Size, taCenter);
+                              AnimPixmap->DrawText(cPoint(0, Frame * Size), Text, clrBlack, clrTransparent, SmlFont, Size, Size, taCenter);
                               }
                           AnimPixmap->SetLayer(3); // now setting the actual pixmap layer
                           FadeInPixmap = AnimPixmap;
@@ -615,8 +480,6 @@ void cTrueColorDemo::Action(void)
         if (Delta < FrameTime)
            cCondWait::SleepMs(FrameTime - Delta);
         }
-  destroyablePixmap = NULL;
-  toggleablePixmap = NULL;
   delete OsdFont;
   delete SmlFont;
   delete LrgFont;
@@ -633,7 +496,7 @@ bool cTrueColorDemo::SetArea(void)
 
 void cTrueColorDemo::Show(void)
 {
-  osd = cOsdProvider::NewOsd(cOsd::OsdLeft(), cOsd::OsdTop());
+  osd = cOsdProvider::NewOsd(cOsd::OsdLeft(), cOsd::OsdTop(), 50);
   if (osd) {
      if (SetArea()) {
         osd->DrawRectangle(0, 0, osd->Width() - 1, osd->Height() - 1, clrGray50);
@@ -671,14 +534,6 @@ eOSState cTrueColorDemo::ProcessKey(eKeys Key)
                      SetArea();
                      DrawSlopes(osd);
                      break;
-       case k3:      Cancel(3);
-                     SetArea();
-                     DrawImages(osd);
-                     break;
-       case k4:      Cancel(3);
-                     SetArea();
-                     DrawEllipseAlignments(osd);
-                     return osContinue;
        case kBack:
        case kOk:     return osEnd;
        default: return state;

PLUGINS/src/pictures/HISTORY

@@ -87,36 +87,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'pictures' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2013-07-01:
-
-- Added option -x to pic2mpg.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2015-07-23: Version 2.3.1
-
-- Added a missing 'const'.
-
-2017-10-06: Version 2.3.2
-
-- Adapted the pic2mpg script to new ffmpeg options.
-- No longer using 'convert' to scale/rotate the pictures.
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2022-12-05: Version 2.6.1
-
-Fixed initializing cPictureControl.

PLUGINS/src/pictures/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.18 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 LOCDIR = $(call PKGCFG,locdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
@@ -63,8 +62,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE) i18n
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -84,16 +82,13 @@ I18Nmsgs  = $(addprefix $(DESTDIR)$(LOCDIR)/, $(addsuffix /LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$(PLU
 I18Npot   = $(PODIR)/$(PLUGIN).pot
 
 %.mo: %.po
-	@echo MO $@
-	$(Q)msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
+	msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
 
 $(I18Npot): $(wildcard *.c)
-	@echo GT $@
-	$(Q)xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=vdr-$(PLUGIN) --package-version=$(VERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<see README>' -o $@ `ls $^`
+	xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=vdr-$(PLUGIN) --package-version=$(VERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<see README>' -o $@ `ls $^`
 
 %.po: $(I18Npot)
-	@echo PO $@
-	$(Q)msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
+	msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
 	@touch $@
 
 $(I18Nmsgs): $(DESTDIR)$(LOCDIR)/%/LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$(PLUGIN).mo: $(PODIR)/%.mo
@@ -107,8 +102,7 @@ install-i18n: $(I18Nmsgs)
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/pictures/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/pictures/menu.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: menu.c 4.1 2015/07/17 10:13:56 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: menu.c 1.1 2008/01/13 11:35:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include "menu.h"
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ eOSState cPictureMenu::SelectItem(const char *Path, bool SlideShow)
   if (Item) {
      const cList<cPictureEntry> *l = pictureEntry->Entries();
      if (l) {
-        const cPictureEntry *pe = l->Get(Current());
+        cPictureEntry *pe = l->Get(Current());
         if (pe) {
            if (SlideShow) {
               cControl::Launch(new cPictureControl(pictures, pe, true));

PLUGINS/src/pictures/pic2mpg

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 #
 # See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
 #
-# $Id: pic2mpg 4.1 2017/10/06 14:42:18 kls Exp $
+# $Id: pic2mpg 2.5 2013/02/17 13:17:13 kls Exp $
 
 use File::Path;
 use File::Spec;
@@ -23,10 +23,9 @@ Options: -f             Force conversion
          -o percent     overscan in percent
          -s size        Screen size (WIDTHxHEIGHT, default is 1920x1080)
          -v num         Verbose (0=none, 1=list files, 2=detailed)
-         -x dir[,...]   eXclude the given directories
 };
 
-getopts("fho:s:v:x:") || die $Usage;
+getopts("fho:s:v:") || die $Usage;
 
 die $Usage if $opt_h;
 
@@ -34,7 +33,6 @@ $Force     = $opt_f;
 $Overscan  = $opt_o || 0;
 $Size      = $opt_s || "1920x1080";
 $Verbose   = $opt_v;
-@Exclude   = split(',', $opt_x || "");
 
 $ListFiles = $Verbose >= 1;
 $Detailed  = $Verbose >= 2;
@@ -87,11 +85,7 @@ chdir($PICDIR) || die "$PICDIR: $!\n";
 @Pictures = `find -type f | sort`;
 chomp(@Pictures);
 
-PIC:
 for $pic (@Pictures) {
-    for (@Exclude) {
-        next PIC if ($pic =~ /\/$_\//);
-        }
     my $mpg = "$MPGDIR/$pic.mpg";
     if ($Force || !-e $mpg || -M $mpg > -M $pic) {
        (my $dir = $mpg) =~ s/\/[^\/]*$//;
@@ -128,7 +122,7 @@ for ($i = 0; $i < 10; $i++) { # dirs might become empty when removing empty subd
     for $dir (@Dirs) {
         $dir = EscapeMeta($dir);
         print "removing $dir\n";
-        Exec("rm -rf $dir");
+        !system("rm -rf $dir") || die "$dir: $!\n";
         }
     }
 
@@ -142,18 +136,17 @@ sub ConvertFile
   my $Exif = ImageInfo($Pict);
   my $Orientation = $$Exif{"Orientation"};
   my ($Degrees) = $Orientation =~ /Rotate ([0-9]+)/;
-  my $Rotate = ($Degrees == 90) ? "transpose=clock" : ($Degrees == 180) ? "hflip,vflip" : ($Degrees == 270) ? "transpose=cclock" : "";
-  $Rotate .= ',' if ($Rotate);
-  my $Background = '#000000@1';
+  my $Rotate = $Degrees ? "-rotate $Degrees" : "";
   print "orientation = '$Orientation' -> rotation = $Rotate\n" if ($Detailed);
   $Pict = EscapeMeta($Pict);
   $Mpeg = EscapeMeta($Mpeg);
   print "$Pict -> $Mpeg $Rotate\n" if $ListFiles;
-  my $Cmd = "ffmpeg -i $Pict -vf '${Rotate}scale=1920:1080:force_original_aspect_ratio=decrease,pad=1920:1080:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2:$Background' -c:v libx264 -pix_fmt yuv420p -f mpegts -y $Mpeg "
+  my $Cmd = "convert $Pict -background '#000000' $Rotate -resize $Size -gravity center -extent $Extent ppm:- | "
+          . "ffmpeg -f image2pipe -vcodec ppm -i pipe:0 -an -vcodec libx264 -vpre baseline -s $Size -qscale 2 -f mpegts -y $Mpeg "
           . ($Detailed ? "" : "2>/dev/null");
-  Exec($Cmd);
+  !system($Cmd) || die "$Cmd: $!\n";
   $Cmd = "touch -r $Pict $Mpeg";
-  Exec($Cmd);
+  !system($Cmd) || die "$Cmd: $!\n";
 }
 
 sub EscapeMeta
@@ -163,10 +156,3 @@ sub EscapeMeta
   $s =~ s/([$META])/\\$1/g;
   return $s;
 }
-
-sub Exec
-{
-  my $Cmd = shift;
-  print "==> '$Cmd'\n" if ($Verbose);
-  !system($Cmd) || die "$Cmd: $!\n";
-}

PLUGINS/src/pictures/pictures.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: pictures.c 5.1 2022/12/05 15:26:23 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: pictures.c 2.9 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <getopt.h>
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 #include "menu.h"
 #include "player.h"
 
-static const char *VERSION       = "2.6.1";
+static const char *VERSION       = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION   = trNOOP("A simple picture viewer");
 static const char *MAINMENUENTRY = trNOOP("Pictures");
 

PLUGINS/src/pictures/player.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: player.c 5.1 2022/12/05 15:26:23 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: player.c 2.2 2012/04/28 11:58:15 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include "player.h"
@@ -96,10 +96,8 @@ int cPictureControl::active = 0;
 cString cPictureControl::lastDisplayed;
 
 cPictureControl::cPictureControl(cPictureEntry *Pictures, const cPictureEntry *PictureEntry, bool SlideShow)
-:cControl(NULL)
+:cControl(player = new cPicturePlayer)
 {
-  player = new cPicturePlayer;
-  SetPlayer(player);
   pictures = Pictures;
   pictureEntry = PictureEntry;
   osd = NULL;
@@ -213,7 +211,7 @@ cString cPictureControl::GetHeader(void)
 
 eOSState cPictureControl::ProcessKey(eKeys Key)
 {
-  switch (int(Key)) {
+  switch (Key) {
     case kUp:
     case kPlay:   slideShowDelay.Set();
                   slideShow = true;

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/de_DE.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-12 17:41+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/et_EE.po

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
-# Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>, 2015
-#
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-12 17:41+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
-"Language: et\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-
-msgid "Pictures"
-msgstr "Pildid"
-
-msgid "A simple picture viewer"
-msgstr "Lihtne pildivaatur"
-
-msgid "Picture directory"
-msgstr "Pildikaust"
-
-msgid "Slide show delay (s)"
-msgstr "Slaidiseanssi viide (s)"
-
-msgid "No picture directory has been defined!"
-msgstr "Pildikaust on määramata!"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/fi_FI.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Rolf Ahrenberg <Rolf.Ahrenberg@sci.fi>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-12 17:41+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/fr_FR.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Patrice Staudt <patrice.staudt@laposte.net>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-12 17:41+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/it_IT.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Diego Pierotto <vdr-italian@tiscali.it>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-27 20:22+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/lt_LT.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Valdemaras Pipiras <varas@ambernet.lt>, 2009
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-08 12:41+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/pl_PL.po

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-# VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
-# Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>, 2018
-#
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-02-19 00:48+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-19 00:53+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Polish <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
-"Language: pl_PL\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 2.0.6\n"
-
-msgid "Pictures"
-msgstr "Zdjęcia"
-
-msgid "A simple picture viewer"
-msgstr "Prosta przeglądarka zdjęć"
-
-msgid "Picture directory"
-msgstr "Katalog ze zdjęciami"
-
-msgid "Slide show delay (s)"
-msgstr "Pokaz slajdów opóźnienie (s)"
-
-msgid "No picture directory has been defined!"
-msgstr "Nie zdefiniowano katalogu ze zdjęciami!"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/ru_RU.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Alexander Gross <Bikalexander@gmail.com>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-14 00:45+0100\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "Picture directory"
 msgstr "ºÐâÐÛÞÓ Ø×ÞÑàÐÖÕÝØÙ"
 
 msgid "Slide show delay (s)"
-msgstr "·ÐÔÕàÖÚÐ áÛÐÙÔ-èÞã (áÕÚ)"
+msgstr "·ÐÔÕàÖÚÐ  áÛÐÙÔ-èÞã (áÕÚ)"
 
 msgid "No picture directory has been defined!"
 msgstr "½Õ ÞßàÕÔÕÛñÝ ÚÐâÐÛÞÓ Ø×ÞÑàÐÖÕÝØÙ!"

PLUGINS/src/pictures/po/sk_SK.po

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-pictures 0.1.3\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
 "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 12:57+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 12:54+0100\n"

PLUGINS/src/rcu/COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.

PLUGINS/src/rcu/HISTORY

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+VDR Plugin 'rcu' Revision History
+---------------------------------
+
+2012-02-27: Version 0.0.1
+
+- Initial revision.
+
+2012-03-07: Version 0.0.2
+
+- Added new parameter LiveView to ChannelSwitch().
+
+2012-12-27: Version 0.0.3
+
+- Adapted Makefile to changes introduced in recent VDR versions.
+
+2013-01-12: Version 0.0.4
+
+- Adapted Makefile to changes introduced in recent VDR versions.
+
+2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
+
+- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/rcu/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+# Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
+#
+# $Id: Makefile 1.13 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
+
+# The official name of this plugin.
+# This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
+# By default the main source file also carries this name.
+
+PLUGIN = rcu
+
+### The version number of this plugin (taken from the main source file):
+
+VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ print $$6 }' | sed -e 's/[";]//g')
+
+### The directory environment:
+
+# Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
+LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
+PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
+#
+TMPDIR ?= /tmp
+
+### The compiler options:
+
+export CFLAGS   = $(call PKGCFG,cflags)
+export CXXFLAGS = $(call PKGCFG,cxxflags)
+
+### The version number of VDR's plugin API:
+
+APIVERSION = $(call PKGCFG,apiversion)
+
+### Allow user defined options to overwrite defaults:
+
+-include $(PLGCFG)
+
+### The name of the distribution archive:
+
+ARCHIVE = $(PLUGIN)-$(VERSION)
+PACKAGE = vdr-$(ARCHIVE)
+
+### The name of the shared object file:
+
+SOFILE = libvdr-$(PLUGIN).so
+
+### Includes and Defines (add further entries here):
+
+INCLUDES +=
+
+DEFINES += -DPLUGIN_NAME_I18N='"$(PLUGIN)"'
+
+### The object files (add further files here):
+
+OBJS = $(PLUGIN).o
+
+### The main target:
+
+all: $(SOFILE)
+
+### Implicit rules:
+
+%.o: %.c
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+
+### Dependencies:
+
+MAKEDEP = $(CXX) -MM -MG
+DEPFILE = .dependencies
+$(DEPFILE): Makefile
+	@$(MAKEDEP) $(CXXFLAGS) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(OBJS:%.o=%.c) > $@
+
+-include $(DEPFILE)
+
+### Targets:
+
+$(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+
+install-lib: $(SOFILE)
+	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)
+
+install: install-lib
+
+dist: clean
+	@-rm -rf $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@mkdir $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@cp -a * $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@tar czf $(PACKAGE).tgz -C $(TMPDIR) $(ARCHIVE)
+	@-rm -rf $(TMPDIR)/$(ARCHIVE)
+	@echo Distribution package created as $(PACKAGE).tgz
+
+clean:
+	@-rm -f $(OBJS) $(DEPFILE) *.so *.tgz core* *~

PLUGINS/src/rcu/README

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
+
+Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <Klaus.Schmidinger@tvdr.de>
+
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de/remote.htm
+
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+See the file COPYING for more information.
+
+Description:
+============
+
+The "Remote Control Unit" used to be part of the core VDR source
+code, and has been moved into a separate plugin in version 1.7.25.

PLUGINS/src/rcu/rcu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+/*
+ * rcu.c: A plugin for the Video Disk Recorder
+ *
+ * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
+ *
+ * $Id: rcu.c 1.5 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
+ */
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <vdr/plugin.h>
+#include <vdr/remote.h>
+#include <vdr/status.h>
+#include <vdr/thread.h>
+#include <vdr/tools.h>
+
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
+static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "Remote Control Unit";
+
+#define REPEATLIMIT      150 // ms
+#define REPEATDELAY      350 // ms
+#define HANDSHAKETIMEOUT  20 // ms
+#define DEFAULTDEVICE    "/dev/ttyS1"
+
+class cRcuRemote : public cRemote, private cThread, private cStatus {
+private:
+  enum { modeH = 'h', modeB = 'b', modeS = 's' };
+  int f;
+  unsigned char dp, code, mode;
+  int number;
+  unsigned int data;
+  bool receivedCommand;
+  bool SendCommand(unsigned char Cmd);
+  int ReceiveByte(int TimeoutMs = 0);
+  bool SendByteHandshake(unsigned char c);
+  bool SendByte(unsigned char c);
+  bool SendData(unsigned int n);
+  void SetCode(unsigned char Code);
+  void SetMode(unsigned char Mode);
+  void SetNumber(int n, bool Hex = false);
+  void SetPoints(unsigned char Dp, bool On);
+  void SetString(const char *s);
+  bool DetectCode(unsigned char *Code);
+  virtual void Action(void);
+  virtual void ChannelSwitch(const cDevice *Device, int ChannelNumber, bool LiveView);
+  virtual void Recording(const cDevice *Device, const char *Name, const char *FileName, bool On);
+public:
+  cRcuRemote(const char *DeviceName);
+  virtual ~cRcuRemote();
+  virtual bool Ready(void);
+  virtual bool Initialize(void);
+  };
+
+cRcuRemote::cRcuRemote(const char *DeviceName)
+:cRemote("RCU")
+,cThread("RCU remote control")
+{
+  dp = 0;
+  mode = modeB;
+  code = 0;
+  number = 0;
+  data = 0;
+  receivedCommand = false;
+  if ((f = open(DeviceName, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK)) >= 0) {
+     struct termios t;
+     if (tcgetattr(f, &t) == 0) {
+        cfsetspeed(&t, B9600);
+        cfmakeraw(&t);
+        if (tcsetattr(f, TCSAFLUSH, &t) == 0) {
+           SetNumber(8888);
+           const char *Setup = GetSetup();
+           if (Setup) {
+              code = *Setup;
+              SetCode(code);
+              isyslog("connecting to %s remote control using code %c", Name(), code);
+              }
+           Start();
+           return;
+           }
+        }
+     LOG_ERROR_STR(DeviceName);
+     close(f);
+     }
+  else
+     LOG_ERROR_STR(DeviceName);
+  f = -1;
+}
+
+cRcuRemote::~cRcuRemote()
+{
+  Cancel();
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::Ready(void)
+{
+  return f >= 0;
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::Initialize(void)
+{
+  if (f >= 0) {
+     unsigned char Code = '0';
+     isyslog("trying codes for %s remote control...", Name());
+     for (;;) {
+         if (DetectCode(&Code)) {
+            code = Code;
+            break;
+            }
+         }
+     isyslog("established connection to %s remote control using code %c", Name(), code);
+     char buffer[16];
+     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%c", code);
+     PutSetup(buffer);
+     return true;
+     }
+  return false;
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::Action(void)
+{
+#pragma pack(1)
+  union {
+    struct {
+      unsigned short address;
+      unsigned int command;
+      } data;
+    unsigned char raw[6];
+    } buffer;
+#pragma pack()
+
+  time_t LastCodeRefresh = 0;
+  cTimeMs FirstTime;
+  unsigned char LastCode = 0, LastMode = 0;
+  uint64_t LastCommand = ~0; // 0x00 might be a valid command
+  unsigned int LastData = 0;
+  bool repeat = false;
+
+  while (Running() && f >= 0) {
+        if (ReceiveByte(REPEATLIMIT) == 'X') {
+           for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
+               int b = ReceiveByte();
+               if (b >= 0) {
+                  buffer.raw[i] = b;
+                  if (i == 5) {
+                     unsigned short Address = ntohs(buffer.data.address); // the PIC sends bytes in "network order"
+                     uint64_t       Command = ntohl(buffer.data.command);
+                     if (code == 'B' && Address == 0x0000 && Command == 0x00004000)
+                        // Well, well, if it isn't the "d-box"...
+                        // This remote control sends the above command before and after
+                        // each keypress - let's just drop this:
+                        break;
+                     Command |= uint64_t(Address) << 32;
+                     if (Command != LastCommand) {
+                        LastCommand = Command;
+                        repeat = false;
+                        FirstTime.Set();
+                        }
+                     else {
+                        if (FirstTime.Elapsed() < REPEATDELAY)
+                           break; // repeat function kicks in after a short delay
+                        repeat = true;
+                        }
+                     Put(Command, repeat);
+                     receivedCommand = true;
+                     }
+                  }
+               else
+                  break;
+               }
+           }
+        else if (repeat) { // the last one was a repeat, so let's generate a release
+           Put(LastCommand, false, true);
+           repeat = false;
+           LastCommand = ~0;
+           }
+        else {
+           unsigned int d = data;
+           if (d != LastData) {
+              SendData(d);
+              LastData = d;
+              }
+           unsigned char c = code;
+           if (c != LastCode) {
+              SendCommand(c);
+              LastCode = c;
+              }
+           unsigned char m = mode;
+           if (m != LastMode) {
+              SendCommand(m);
+              LastMode = m;
+              }
+           LastCommand = ~0;
+           }
+        if (!repeat && code && time(NULL) - LastCodeRefresh > 60) {
+           SendCommand(code); // in case the PIC listens to the wrong code
+           LastCodeRefresh = time(NULL);
+           }
+        }
+}
+
+int cRcuRemote::ReceiveByte(int TimeoutMs)
+{
+  // Returns the byte if one was received within a timeout, -1 otherwise
+  if (cFile::FileReady(f, TimeoutMs)) {
+     unsigned char b;
+     if (safe_read(f, &b, 1) == 1)
+        return b;
+     else
+        LOG_ERROR;
+     }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::SendByteHandshake(unsigned char c)
+{
+  if (f >= 0) {
+     int w = write(f, &c, 1);
+     if (w == 1) {
+        for (int reply = ReceiveByte(HANDSHAKETIMEOUT); reply >= 0;) {
+            if (reply == c)
+               return true;
+            else if (reply == 'X') {
+               // skip any incoming RC code - it will come again
+               for (int i = 6; i--;) {
+                   if (ReceiveByte() < 0)
+                      return false;
+                   }
+               }
+            else
+               return false;
+            }
+        }
+     LOG_ERROR;
+     }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::SendByte(unsigned char c)
+{
+  for (int retry = 5; retry--;) {
+      if (SendByteHandshake(c))
+         return true;
+      }
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::SendData(unsigned int n)
+{
+  for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      if (!SendByte(n & 0x7F))
+         return false;
+      n >>= 8;
+      }
+  return SendCommand(mode);
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::SetCode(unsigned char Code)
+{
+  code = Code;
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::SetMode(unsigned char Mode)
+{
+  mode = Mode;
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::SendCommand(unsigned char Cmd)
+{
+  return SendByte(Cmd | 0x80);
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::SetNumber(int n, bool Hex)
+{
+  number = n;
+  if (!Hex) {
+     char buf[8];
+     sprintf(buf, "%4d", n & 0xFFFF);
+     n = 0;
+     for (char *d = buf; *d; d++) {
+         if (*d == ' ')
+            *d = 0xF;
+         n = (n << 4) | ((*d - '0') & 0x0F);
+         }
+     }
+  unsigned int m = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+      m <<= 8;
+      m |= ((i & 0x03) << 5) | (n & 0x0F) | (((dp >> i) & 0x01) << 4);
+      n >>= 4;
+      }
+  data = m;
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::SetString(const char *s)
+{
+  const char *chars = mode == modeH ? "0123456789ABCDEF" : "0123456789-EHLP ";
+  int n = 0;
+
+  for (int i = 0; *s && i < 4; s++, i++) {
+      n <<= 4;
+      for (const char *c = chars; *c; c++) {
+          if (*c == *s) {
+             n |= c - chars;
+             break;
+             }
+          }
+      }
+  SetNumber(n, true);
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::SetPoints(unsigned char Dp, bool On)
+{
+  if (On)
+     dp |= Dp;
+  else
+     dp &= ~Dp;
+  SetNumber(number);
+}
+
+bool cRcuRemote::DetectCode(unsigned char *Code)
+{
+  // Caller should initialize 'Code' to 0 and call DetectCode()
+  // until it returns true. Whenever DetectCode() returns false
+  // and 'Code' is not 0, the caller can use 'Code' to display
+  // a message like "Trying code '%c'". If false is returned and
+  // 'Code' is 0, all possible codes have been tried and the caller
+  // can either stop calling DetectCode() (and give some error
+  // message), or start all over again.
+  if (*Code < 'A' || *Code > 'D') {
+     *Code = 'A';
+     return false;
+     }
+  if (*Code <= 'D') {
+     SetMode(modeH);
+     char buf[5];
+     sprintf(buf, "C0D%c", *Code);
+     SetString(buf);
+     SetCode(*Code);
+     cCondWait::SleepMs(2 * REPEATDELAY);
+     if (receivedCommand) {
+        SetMode(modeB);
+        SetString("----");
+        return true;
+        }
+     if (*Code < 'D') {
+        (*Code)++;
+        return false;
+        }
+     }
+  *Code = 0;
+  return false;
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::ChannelSwitch(const cDevice *Device, int ChannelNumber, bool LiveView)
+{
+  if (ChannelNumber && LiveView)
+     SetNumber(cDevice::CurrentChannel());
+}
+
+void cRcuRemote::Recording(const cDevice *Device, const char *Name, const char *FileName, bool On)
+{
+  SetPoints(1 << Device->DeviceNumber(), Device->Receiving());
+}
+
+class cPluginRcu : public cPlugin {
+private:
+  // Add any member variables or functions you may need here.
+  const char *device;
+public:
+  cPluginRcu(void);
+  virtual const char *Version(void) { return VERSION; }
+  virtual const char *Description(void) { return DESCRIPTION; }
+  virtual const char *CommandLineHelp(void);
+  virtual bool ProcessArgs(int argc, char *argv[]);
+  virtual bool Start(void);
+  };
+
+cPluginRcu::cPluginRcu(void)
+{
+  // Initialize any member variables here.
+  // DON'T DO ANYTHING ELSE THAT MAY HAVE SIDE EFFECTS, REQUIRE GLOBAL
+  // VDR OBJECTS TO EXIST OR PRODUCE ANY OUTPUT!
+  device = DEFAULTDEVICE;
+}
+
+const char *cPluginRcu::CommandLineHelp(void)
+{
+  // Return a string that describes all known command line options.
+  return "  -d DEV,   --device=DEV   set the device to use (default is " DEFAULTDEVICE ")\n";
+}
+
+bool cPluginRcu::ProcessArgs(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  // Implement command line argument processing here if applicable.
+  static struct option long_options[] = {
+       { "dev",      required_argument, NULL, 'd' },
+       { NULL,       no_argument,       NULL,  0  }
+     };
+
+  int c;
+  while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "d:", long_options, NULL)) != -1) {
+        switch (c) {
+          case 'd': device = optarg;
+                    break;
+          default:  return false;
+          }
+        }
+  return true;
+}
+
+bool cPluginRcu::Start(void)
+{
+  // Start any background activities the plugin shall perform.
+  new cRcuRemote(device);
+  return true;
+}
+
+VDRPLUGINCREATOR(cPluginRcu); // Don't touch this!

PLUGINS/src/servicedemo/HISTORY

@@ -21,19 +21,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'servicedemo' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/servicedemo/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.14 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN1).c | awk '{ pr
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
 #
@@ -59,8 +58,7 @@ all: libvdr-$(PLUGIN1).so libvdr-$(PLUGIN2).so
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -74,12 +72,10 @@ $(DEPFILE): Makefile
 ### Targets:
 
 libvdr-$(PLUGIN1).so: $(PLUGIN1).o
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(PLUGIN1).o -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(PLUGIN1).o -o $@
 
 libvdr-$(PLUGIN2).so: $(PLUGIN2).o
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(PLUGIN2).o -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(PLUGIN2).o -o $@
 
 install-lib: libvdr-$(PLUGIN1).so libvdr-$(PLUGIN2).so
 	install -D libvdr-$(PLUGIN1).so $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/libvdr-$(PLUGIN1).so.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/servicedemo/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Udo Richter <udo_richter@gmx.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/servicedemo/svccli.c

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: svccli.c 4.1 2018/04/10 13:00:53 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: svccli.c 2.4 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <vdr/interface.h>
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.0";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "Service demo client";
 static const char *MAINMENUENTRY  = "Service demo";
 

PLUGINS/src/servicedemo/svcsvr.c

@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: svcsvr.c 4.1 2018/04/10 13:00:57 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: svcsvr.c 2.4 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <vdr/interface.h>
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.0";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "Service demo server";
 
 class cPluginSvcSvr : public cPlugin {

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/HISTORY

@@ -118,46 +118,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'skincurses' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-08: Version 2.1.2
-
-- Added a missing trailing blank in some translations.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2016-12-22: Version 2.3.2
-
-- Added cFont::Width(void) to get the default character width and allow stretched
-  font drawing in high level OSDs (dummy for skincurses).
-- Fixed truncated date/time strings in the skins on multi-byte UTF-8 systems
-  (reported by Sergey Chernyavskiy).
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2019-03-12: Version 2.4.1
-
-- Changes for ncurses version 6 (thanks to Ulrick Eckhardt).
-
-2020-05-11: Version 2.4.2
-
-- Fixed 'Changes for ncurses version 6'.
-- Reacting to changes in screen size.
-- Simplified color handling.
-- Using 'stdscr' directly instead of an additional window.
-
-2021-07-01: Version 2.4.3
-
-- The number of errors (if any) of a recording is now displayed in the recording's
-  Info menu.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.18 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 LOCDIR = $(call PKGCFG,locdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
@@ -63,8 +62,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE) i18n
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -84,16 +82,13 @@ I18Nmsgs  = $(addprefix $(DESTDIR)$(LOCDIR)/, $(addsuffix /LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$(PLU
 I18Npot   = $(PODIR)/$(PLUGIN).pot
 
 %.mo: %.po
-	@echo MO $@
-	$(Q)msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
+	msgfmt -c -o $@ $<
 
 $(I18Npot): $(wildcard *.c)
-	@echo GT $@
-	$(Q)xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=vdr-$(PLUGIN) --package-version=$(VERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<see README>' -o $@ `ls $^`
+	xgettext -C -cTRANSLATORS --no-wrap --no-location -k -ktr -ktrNOOP --package-name=vdr-$(PLUGIN) --package-version=$(VERSION) --msgid-bugs-address='<see README>' -o $@ `ls $^`
 
 %.po: $(I18Npot)
-	@echo PO $@
-	$(Q)msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
+	msgmerge -U --no-wrap --no-location --backup=none -q -N $@ $<
 	@touch $@
 
 $(I18Nmsgs): $(DESTDIR)$(LOCDIR)/%/LC_MESSAGES/vdr-$(PLUGIN).mo: $(PODIR)/%.mo
@@ -107,8 +102,7 @@ install-i18n: $(I18Nmsgs)
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -lncursesw -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -lncursesw -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/de_DE.po

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>, 2007
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 0.1.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-15 16:07+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>\n"
 "Language-Team: German <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
@@ -19,15 +19,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A text only skin"
 msgstr "Eine reine Text-Oberfläche"
 
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr "Fehler"
-
 msgid "Key$Mute"
 msgstr "Stumm"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
 msgid "Volume "
-msgstr "Lautstärke "
+msgstr "Lautstärke"
 
 msgid "Text mode"
 msgstr "Text-Modus"

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/et_EE.po

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-# VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
-# Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>, 2015
-#
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 20:48+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Arthur Konovalov <artlov@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
-"Language: et\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-
-msgid "A text only skin"
-msgstr "Tekstipõhine kest"
-
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Key$Mute"
-msgstr "Hääletu"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
-msgid "Volume "
-msgstr "Helitugevus "
-
-msgid "Text mode"
-msgstr "Tekst"

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/fi_FI.po

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Rolf Ahrenberg <Rolf.Ahrenberg@sci.fi>, 2007
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 0.1.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-14 20:48+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Rolf Ahrenberg <Rolf.Ahrenberg@sci.fi>\n"
 "Language-Team: Finnish <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
@@ -19,13 +19,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A text only skin"
 msgstr "Tekstipohjainen ulkoasu"
 
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "Key$Mute"
 msgstr "Mykistys"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
 msgid "Volume "
 msgstr "Äänenvoimakkuus "
 

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/it_IT.po

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Diego Pierotto <vdr-italian@tiscali.it>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 0.1.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-27 20:35+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Diego Pierotto <vdr-italian@tiscali.it>\n"
 "Language-Team: Italian <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
@@ -19,13 +19,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A text only skin"
 msgstr "Una interfaccia solo testo"
 
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "Key$Mute"
 msgstr "Muto"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
 msgid "Volume "
 msgstr "Volume "
 

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/lt_LT.po

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Valdemaras Pipiras <varas@ambernet.lt>, 2010
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 0.1.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-22 18:18+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Valdemaras Pipiras <varas@ambernet.lt>\n"
 "Language-Team: Lithuanian <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
@@ -19,13 +19,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A text only skin"
 msgstr "Tekstinis apvalkalas"
 
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "Key$Mute"
 msgstr "Išjungti garsą"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
 msgid "Volume "
 msgstr "Garsas "
 

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/pl_PL.po

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-# VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
-# Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>, 2018
-#
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-02-19 01:02+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tmn505@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Polish <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
-"Language: pl_PL\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 2.0.6\n"
-
-msgid "A text only skin"
-msgstr "Skóra tekstowa"
-
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Key$Mute"
-msgstr "Wycisz"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
-msgid "Volume "
-msgstr "Głośność "
-
-msgid "Text mode"
-msgstr "Tryb tekstowy"

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/ru_RU.po

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Alexander Gross <Bikalexander@gmail.com>, 2008
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 0.1.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-14 00:21+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Alexander Gross <Bikalexander@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Russian <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
@@ -20,15 +20,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A text only skin"
 msgstr "¿àÞáâÞ âÕÚáâÞÒëÙ ØÝâÕàäÕÙá"
 
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "Key$Mute"
 msgstr "²ëÚÛ. ÓàÞÜÚÞáâì"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
 msgid "Volume "
-msgstr "³àÞÜÚÞáâì "
+msgstr "³àÞÜÚÞáâì"
 
 msgid "Text mode"
 msgstr "ÀÕÖØÜ âÕÚáâÐ"

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/po/sk_SK.po

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 # VDR plugin language source file.
-# Copyright (C) 2021 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
+# Copyright (C) 2013 Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the VDR package.
 # Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>, 2007
 #
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 2.6.0\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: vdr-skincurses 0.1.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <see README>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-07-01 17:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-12-18 14:04+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-30 12:52+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Milan Hrala <hrala.milan@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Slovak <vdr@linuxtv.org>\n"
@@ -19,15 +19,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A text only skin"
 msgstr "Iba text vzhµadu"
 
-msgid "errors"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "Key$Mute"
 msgstr "Stlmi» zvuk"
 
-#. TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
 msgid "Volume "
-msgstr "Hlasitos» "
+msgstr "Hlasitos»"
 
 msgid "Text mode"
 msgstr "Textový re¾im"

PLUGINS/src/skincurses/skincurses.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: skincurses.c 5.1 2021/07/01 15:40:46 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: skincurses.c 2.13 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <ncurses.h>
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 #include <vdr/skins.h>
 #include <vdr/videodir.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.3";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = trNOOP("A text only skin");
 static const char *MAINMENUENTRY  = NULL;
 
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ static const char *MAINMENUENTRY  = NULL;
 
 class cCursesFont : public cFont {
 public:
-  virtual int Width(void) const { return 1; }
   virtual int Width(uint c) const { return 1; }
   virtual int Width(const char *s) const { return s ? Utf8StrLen(s) : 0; }
   virtual int Height(void) const { return 1; }
@@ -60,7 +59,9 @@ static int ScOsdHeight = 20;
 class cCursesOsd : public cOsd {
 private:
   WINDOW *savedRegion;
-  cVector<int> colorPairs;
+  WINDOW *window;
+  enum { MaxColorPairs = 16 };
+  int colorPairs[MaxColorPairs];
   void SetColor(int colorFg, int colorBg = clrBackground);
 public:
   cCursesOsd(int Left, int Top);
@@ -77,34 +78,40 @@ cCursesOsd::cCursesOsd(int Left, int Top)
 {
   savedRegion = NULL;
 
+  memset(colorPairs, 0x00, sizeof(colorPairs));
   start_color();
   leaveok(stdscr, true);
-  refresh(); // to react on changes to screen size
 
-  int begy, begx;
-  int maxy, maxx;
-  getmaxyx(stdscr, maxy, maxx);
-  getbegyx(stdscr, begy, begx);
-  ScOsdWidth  = maxx - begx;
-  ScOsdHeight = maxy - begy;
+  window = subwin(stdscr, ScOsdHeight, ScOsdWidth, 0, 0);
+  syncok(window, true);
 }
 
 cCursesOsd::~cCursesOsd()
 {
-  erase();
-  Flush();
+  if (window) {
+     werase(window);
+     Flush();
+     delwin(window);
+     window = NULL;
+     }
 }
 
 void cCursesOsd::SetColor(int colorFg, int colorBg)
 {
   int color = (colorBg << 16) | colorFg | 0x80000000;
-  int i = colorPairs.IndexOf(color);
-  if (i < 0) {
-     colorPairs.Append(color);
-     i = colorPairs.Size() - 1;
-     init_pair(i + 1, colorFg, colorBg);
-     }
-  attrset(COLOR_PAIR(i + 1));
+  for (int i = 0; i < MaxColorPairs; i++) {
+      if (!colorPairs[i]) {
+         colorPairs[i] = color;
+         init_pair(i + 1, colorFg, colorBg);
+         //XXX??? attron(COLOR_PAIR(WHITE_ON_BLUE));
+         wattrset(window, COLOR_PAIR(i + 1));
+         break;
+         }
+      else if (color == colorPairs[i]) {
+         wattrset(window, COLOR_PAIR(i + 1));
+         break;
+         }
+      }
 }
 
 void cCursesOsd::SaveRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
@@ -114,14 +121,13 @@ void cCursesOsd::SaveRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
      savedRegion = NULL;
      }
   savedRegion = newwin(y2 - y1 + 1, x2 - x1 + 1, y1, x1);
-  if (savedRegion)
-     copywin(stdscr, savedRegion, y1, x1, 0, 0, y2 - y1, x2 - x1, false);
+  copywin(window, savedRegion, y1, x1, 0, 0, y2 - y1, x2 - x1, false);
 }
 
 void cCursesOsd::RestoreRegion(void)
 {
   if (savedRegion) {
-     overwrite(savedRegion, stdscr);
+     copywin(savedRegion, window, 0, 0, savedRegion->_begy, savedRegion->_begx, savedRegion->_maxy - savedRegion->_begy, savedRegion->_maxx - savedRegion->_begx, false);
      delwin(savedRegion);
      savedRegion = NULL;
      }
@@ -161,22 +167,18 @@ void cCursesOsd::DrawText(int x, int y, const char *s, tColor ColorFg, tColor Co
         }
      }
   SetColor(ColorFg, ColorBg);
-  mvaddnstr(y, x, s, Width ? Width : ScOsdWidth - x);
+  wmove(window, y, x); // ncurses wants 'y' before 'x'!
+  waddnstr(window, s, Width ? Width : ScOsdWidth - x);
 }
 
 void cCursesOsd::DrawRectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, tColor Color)
 {
   SetColor(Color, Color);
-  int dx = x2 - x1;
-  int dy = y2 - y1;
-  if (dx >= dy) {
-     for (int y = y1; y <= y2; y++)
-         mvhline(y, x1, ' ', dx + 1);
-     }
-  else {
-     for (int x = x1; x <= x2; x++)
-         mvvline(y1, x, ' ', dy + 1);
-     }
+  for (int y = y1; y <= y2; y++) {
+      wmove(window, y, x1); // ncurses wants 'y' before 'x'!
+      whline(window, ' ', x2 - x1 + 1);
+      }
+  wsyncup(window); // shouldn't be necessary because of 'syncok()', but w/o it doesn't work
 }
 
 void cCursesOsd::Flush(void)
@@ -405,7 +407,8 @@ void cSkinCursesDisplayMenu::SetEvent(const cEvent *Event)
      return;
   int y = 2;
   cTextScroller ts;
-  cString t = cString::sprintf("%s  %s - %s", *Event->GetDateString(), *Event->GetTimeString(), *Event->GetEndTimeString());
+  char t[32];
+  snprintf(t, sizeof(t), "%s  %s - %s", *Event->GetDateString(), *Event->GetTimeString(), *Event->GetEndTimeString());
   ts.Set(osd, 0, y, ScOsdWidth, ScOsdHeight - y - 2, t, &Font, clrYellow, clrBackground);
   if (Event->Vps() && Event->Vps() != Event->StartTime()) {
      cString buffer = cString::sprintf(" VPS: %s", *Event->GetVpsString());
@@ -447,18 +450,9 @@ void cSkinCursesDisplayMenu::SetRecording(const cRecording *Recording)
   cString t = cString::sprintf("%s  %s  %s", *DateString(Recording->Start()), *TimeString(Recording->Start()), Info->ChannelName() ? Info->ChannelName() : "");
   ts.Set(osd, 0, y, ScOsdWidth, ScOsdHeight - y - 2, t, &Font, clrYellow, clrBackground);
   y += ts.Height();
-  int xt = ScOsdWidth;
   if (Info->GetEvent()->ParentalRating()) {
      cString buffer = cString::sprintf(" %s ", *Info->GetEvent()->GetParentalRatingString());
-     int w = Utf8StrLen(buffer);
-     osd->DrawText(xt - w, y, buffer, clrBlack, clrYellow, &Font);
-     xt -= w + 1;
-     }
-  if (Info->Errors() > 0) {
-     cString buffer = cString::sprintf(" %d %s ", Info->Errors(), tr("errors"));
-     int w = Utf8StrLen(buffer);
-     osd->DrawText(xt - w, y, buffer, clrBlack, clrYellow, &Font);
-     xt -= w + 1;
+     osd->DrawText(ScOsdWidth - Utf8StrLen(buffer), y, buffer, clrBlack, clrYellow, &Font);
      }
   y += 1;
   const char *Title = Info->Title();
@@ -620,7 +614,6 @@ void cSkinCursesDisplayVolume::SetVolume(int Current, int Total, bool Mute)
      osd->DrawText(0, 0, tr("Key$Mute"), clrGreen, clrBackground, &Font);
      }
   else {
-     // TRANSLATORS: note the trailing blank!
      const char *Prompt = tr("Volume ");
      int l = Utf8StrLen(Prompt);
      int p = (ScOsdWidth - l) * Current / Total;
@@ -833,8 +826,12 @@ bool cPluginSkinCurses::ProcessArgs(int argc, char *argv[])
 bool cPluginSkinCurses::Initialize(void)
 {
   // Initialize any background activities the plugin shall perform.
-  if (initscr())
+  WINDOW *w = initscr();
+  if (w) {
+     ScOsdWidth  = w->_maxx - w->_begx + 1;
+     ScOsdHeight = w->_maxy - w->_begy + 1;
      return true;
+     }
   return false;
 }
 

PLUGINS/src/status/HISTORY

@@ -60,26 +60,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'status' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2025-02-10: Version 2.6.1
-
-- Added cStatus::OsdItem2().
-- Activated logging of OsdItem2().
-- Added cStatus::OsdCurrentItem2().
-- Added cStatus::OsdStatusMessage2().

PLUGINS/src/status/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.15 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
 #
@@ -62,8 +61,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE)
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -77,8 +75,7 @@ $(DEPFILE): Makefile
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/status/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <vdr@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/status/status.c

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: status.c 5.4 2025/02/12 21:18:53 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: status.c 2.4 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 #include <vdr/status.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.6.1";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "Status monitor test";
 static const char *MAINMENUENTRY  = NULL;
 
@@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ protected:
   virtual void SetSubtitleTrack(int Index, const char * const *Tracks);
   virtual void OsdClear(void);
   virtual void OsdTitle(const char *Title);
-  virtual void OsdStatusMessage2(eMessageType Type, const char *Message);
+  virtual void OsdStatusMessage(const char *Message);
   virtual void OsdHelpKeys(const char *Red, const char *Green, const char *Yellow, const char *Blue);
-  virtual void OsdItem2(const char *Text, int Index, bool Selectable);
-  virtual void OsdCurrentItem2(const char *Text, int Index);
+  virtual void OsdItem(const char *Text, int Index);
+  virtual void OsdCurrentItem(const char *Text);
   virtual void OsdTextItem(const char *Text, bool Scroll);
   virtual void OsdChannel(const char *Text);
   virtual void OsdProgramme(time_t PresentTime, const char *PresentTitle, const char *PresentSubtitle, time_t FollowingTime, const char *FollowingTitle, const char *FollowingSubtitle);
@@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ void cStatusTest::OsdTitle(const char *Title)
   dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdTitle '%s'", Title);
 }
 
-void cStatusTest::OsdStatusMessage2(eMessageType Type, const char *Message)
+void cStatusTest::OsdStatusMessage(const char *Message)
 {
-  dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdStatusMessage2 %d '%s'", Type, Message);
+  dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdStatusMessage '%s'", Message);
 }
 
 void cStatusTest::OsdHelpKeys(const char *Red, const char *Green, const char *Yellow, const char *Blue)
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ void cStatusTest::OsdHelpKeys(const char *Red, const char *Green, const char *Ye
   dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdHelpKeys %s - %s - %s - %s", Red, Green, Yellow, Blue);
 }
 
-void cStatusTest::OsdItem2(const char *Text, int Index, bool Selected)
+void cStatusTest::OsdItem(const char *Text, int Index)
 {
-  dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdItem2  %s %d %d", Text, Index, Selected);
+  //dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdItem  %s %d", Text, Index);
 }
 
-void cStatusTest::OsdCurrentItem2(const char *Text, int Index)
+void cStatusTest::OsdCurrentItem(const char *Text)
 {
-  dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdCurrentItem %s %d", Text, Index);
+  dsyslog("status: cStatusTest::OsdCurrentItem %s", Text);
 }
 
 void cStatusTest::OsdTextItem(const char *Text, bool Scroll)

PLUGINS/src/svdrpdemo/HISTORY

@@ -25,19 +25,3 @@ VDR Plugin 'svdrpdemo' Revision History
 2013-03-31: Version 2.0.0
 
 - Official release.
-
-2014-01-01: Version 2.1.1
-
-- Avoiding unnecessary pkg-config warnings in plugin Makefiles.
-
-2015-02-19: Version 2.2.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2018-04-15: Version 2.4.0
-
-- Official release.
-
-2021-12-27: Version 2.6.0
-
-- Official release.

PLUGINS/src/svdrpdemo/Makefile

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #
 # Makefile for a Video Disk Recorder plugin
 #
-# $Id: Makefile 4.3 2020/06/22 15:08:46 kls Exp $
+# $Id: Makefile 2.15 2013/01/12 13:45:01 kls Exp $
 
 # The official name of this plugin.
 # This name will be used in the '-P...' option of VDR to load the plugin.
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ VERSION = $(shell grep 'static const char \*VERSION *=' $(PLUGIN).c | awk '{ pri
 ### The directory environment:
 
 # Use package data if installed...otherwise assume we're under the VDR source directory:
-PKG_CONFIG ?= pkg-config
-PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell PKG_CONFIG_PATH="$$PKG_CONFIG_PATH:../../.." $(PKG_CONFIG) --variable=$(1) vdr))
+PKGCFG = $(if $(VDRDIR),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) $(VDRDIR)/vdr.pc),$(shell pkg-config --variable=$(1) vdr || pkg-config --variable=$(1) ../../../vdr.pc))
 LIBDIR = $(call PKGCFG,libdir)
 PLGCFG = $(call PKGCFG,plgcfg)
 #
@@ -62,8 +61,7 @@ all: $(SOFILE)
 ### Implicit rules:
 
 %.o: %.c
-	@echo CC $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -c $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) -o $@ $<
 
 ### Dependencies:
 
@@ -77,8 +75,7 @@ $(DEPFILE): Makefile
 ### Targets:
 
 $(SOFILE): $(OBJS)
-	@echo LD $@
-	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
+	$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -shared $(OBJS) -o $@
 
 install-lib: $(SOFILE)
 	install -D $^ $(DESTDIR)$(LIBDIR)/$^.$(APIVERSION)

PLUGINS/src/svdrpdemo/README

@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ This is a "plugin" for the Video Disk Recorder (VDR).
 
 Written by:                  Klaus Schmidinger <Klaus.Schmidinger@tvdr.de>
 
-Project's homepage:          https://www.tvdr.de
+Project's homepage:          http://www.tvdr.de
 
-Latest version available at: https://www.tvdr.de
+Latest version available at: http://www.tvdr.de
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

PLUGINS/src/svdrpdemo/svdrpdemo.c

@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@
  *
  * See the README file for copyright information and how to reach the author.
  *
- * $Id: svdrpdemo.c 4.1 2018/04/10 13:01:07 kls Exp $
+ * $Id: svdrpdemo.c 2.3 2013/03/31 09:30:18 kls Exp $
  */
 
 #include <vdr/plugin.h>
 
-static const char *VERSION        = "2.4.0";
+static const char *VERSION        = "2.0.0";
 static const char *DESCRIPTION    = "How to add SVDRP support to a plugin";
 
 class cPluginSvdrpdemo : public cPlugin {

README

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Video Disk Recorder ('VDR')
 These files contain the source code of the "Video Disk Recorder",
 which is based on the DVB driver of the LinuxTV project (http://linuxtv.org).
 For details about the "Video Disk Recorder" project please
-refer to https://www.tvdr.de.
+refer to http://www.tvdr.de.
 
 Please see the INSTALL file for details on how to install
 this program on your computer.
@@ -32,10 +32,6 @@ of commercial set-top boxes usually are a lot more fancy than
 the ones in this system, but here we have the full source code
 and can modify the menus in whatever way desired.
 
-If you actually use VDR, please add yourself to the "VDR User Counter"
-at https://www.tvdr.de/counter.htm. You can also like VDR on facebook
-at https://www.facebook.com/VideoDiskRecorder.
-
 
 "VDR Video Disk Recorder" is a registered trademark of Klaus Schmidinger.
 "TVDR TV Done Right" is a registered trademark of Klaus Schmidinger.